1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw__Float16: 136 case tok::kw___float128: 137 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 138 case tok::kw_bool: 139 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 140 case tok::kw___auto_type: 141 return true; 142 143 case tok::annot_typename: 144 case tok::kw_char16_t: 145 case tok::kw_char32_t: 146 case tok::kw_typeof: 147 case tok::annot_decltype: 148 case tok::kw_decltype: 149 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 150 151 default: 152 break; 153 } 154 155 return false; 156 } 157 158 namespace { 159 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 160 NotFound, 161 FoundNonType, 162 FoundType 163 }; 164 } // end anonymous namespace 165 166 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 167 /// dependent class. 168 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 169 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 170 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 171 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 172 SourceLocation NameLoc, 173 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 174 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 175 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 176 // Look for type decls in base classes. 177 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 178 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 179 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 180 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 181 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 182 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 183 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 184 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 185 // templates. 186 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 187 continue; 188 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 189 if (!TD) 190 continue; 191 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 192 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 193 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 194 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 195 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 196 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 197 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 198 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 199 BaseRD = PS; 200 } 201 } 202 } 203 if (BaseRD) { 204 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 205 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 206 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 207 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 210 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 211 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 212 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 213 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 214 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 215 break; 216 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 217 break; 218 } 219 } 220 } 221 } 222 223 return FoundTypeDecl; 224 } 225 226 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 227 const IdentifierInfo &II, 228 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 229 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 230 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 231 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 232 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 233 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 234 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 235 DC = DC->getParent()) { 236 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 237 // templates. 238 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 239 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 240 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 241 } 242 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 243 return nullptr; 244 245 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 246 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 247 // lookup during template instantiation. 248 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 249 250 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 251 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 252 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 253 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 254 255 CXXScopeSpec SS; 256 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 257 258 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 259 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 260 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 261 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 262 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 263 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 264 } 265 266 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 267 /// return the declaration of that type. 268 /// 269 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 270 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 271 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 272 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 273 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 274 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 275 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 276 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 277 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 278 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 279 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 280 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 281 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 282 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 283 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 284 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 285 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 286 287 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 288 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 289 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 290 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 291 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 292 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 293 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 294 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 295 296 if (!LookupCtx) { 297 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 298 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 299 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 300 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 301 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 302 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 303 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 304 // 305 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 306 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 307 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 308 return nullptr; 309 310 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 311 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 312 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 313 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 314 315 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 316 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 317 II, NameLoc); 318 return ParsedType::make(T); 319 } 320 321 return nullptr; 322 } 323 324 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 325 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 326 return nullptr; 327 } 328 329 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 330 // lookup for class-names. 331 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 332 LookupOrdinaryName; 333 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 334 if (LookupCtx) { 335 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 336 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 337 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 338 // nested-name-specifier. 339 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 340 341 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 342 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 343 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 344 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 345 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 346 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 347 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 348 LookupName(Result, S); 349 } 350 } else { 351 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 352 LookupName(Result, S); 353 354 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 355 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 356 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 357 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 358 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 359 return TypeInBase; 360 } 361 } 362 363 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 364 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 365 case LookupResult::NotFound: 366 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 367 if (CorrectedII) { 368 TypoCorrection Correction = 369 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 370 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 371 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 372 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 373 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 374 TemplateTy Template; 375 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 376 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 377 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 378 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 379 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 380 if (SS && NNS) { 381 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 382 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 383 } 384 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 385 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 386 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 387 // is handled elsewhere). 388 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 389 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 390 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 391 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 392 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 393 IsCtorOrDtorName, 394 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 395 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 396 if (Ty) { 397 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 398 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 399 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 400 if (SS && NNS) 401 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 402 *CorrectedII = NewII; 403 return Ty; 404 } 405 } 406 } 407 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 408 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 409 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 410 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return nullptr; 413 414 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 415 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 416 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 417 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 418 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 419 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 420 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 421 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 422 return nullptr; 423 } 424 425 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 426 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 427 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 428 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 429 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 430 if (!IIDecl || 431 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 432 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 433 IIDecl = *Res; 434 } 435 } 436 437 if (!IIDecl) { 438 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 439 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 440 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 441 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 442 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 443 // a type name. 444 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 445 return nullptr; 446 } 447 448 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 449 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 450 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 451 // perform the name lookup again. 452 break; 453 454 case LookupResult::Found: 455 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 456 break; 457 } 458 459 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 460 461 QualType T; 462 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 463 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 464 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 465 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 466 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 467 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 468 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 469 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 470 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 471 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 472 << &II << /*Type*/1; 473 474 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 475 476 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 477 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 478 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 479 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 480 if (!HasTrailingDot) 481 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 482 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 483 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 484 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 485 QualType(), false); 486 } 487 488 if (T.isNull()) { 489 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 490 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 491 return nullptr; 492 } 493 494 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 495 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 496 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 497 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 498 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 499 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 500 // Construct a type with type-source information. 501 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 502 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 503 504 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 505 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 506 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 507 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 508 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 509 } else { 510 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 511 } 512 } 513 514 return ParsedType::make(T); 515 } 516 517 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 518 static NestedNameSpecifier * 519 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 520 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 521 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 522 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 523 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 524 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 525 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 526 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 527 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 528 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 529 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 530 } 531 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 532 } 533 534 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 535 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 536 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 537 /// correctly rejects. 538 static const CXXRecordDecl * 539 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 540 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 541 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 542 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 543 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 544 return MD->getParent(); 545 } 546 return nullptr; 547 } 548 549 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 550 SourceLocation NameLoc, 551 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 552 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 553 554 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 555 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 556 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 557 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 558 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 559 // lookup is retried. 560 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 561 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 562 // name specifiers. 563 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 565 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 566 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 567 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 568 // instantiation time. 569 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 570 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 571 572 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 573 // template instantiation. 574 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 575 << RD; 576 } else { 577 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 578 return ParsedType(); 579 } 580 581 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 582 583 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 584 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 585 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 586 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 587 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 588 589 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 590 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 591 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 592 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 593 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 594 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 595 } 596 597 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 598 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 599 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 600 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 601 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 602 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 603 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 604 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 605 LookupName(R, S, false); 606 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 607 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 608 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 609 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 610 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 611 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 612 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 613 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 614 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 615 } 616 } 617 618 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 619 } 620 621 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 622 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 623 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 624 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 625 /// @code 626 /// template<class T> class A { 627 /// public: 628 /// typedef int TYPE; 629 /// }; 630 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 631 /// public: 632 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 633 /// }; 634 /// @endcode 635 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 636 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 637 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 638 return true; 639 640 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 641 642 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 643 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 644 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 645 return true; 646 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 647 } 648 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 649 } 650 651 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 652 SourceLocation IILoc, 653 Scope *S, 654 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 655 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 656 bool IsTemplateName) { 657 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 658 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 659 return; 660 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 661 SuggestedType = nullptr; 662 663 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 664 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 665 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 666 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 667 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 668 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 669 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 670 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 671 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 672 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 673 // We corrected to a keyword. 674 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 675 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 676 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 677 << II); 678 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 679 } else { 680 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 681 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 682 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 683 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 684 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 685 << II, CanRecover); 686 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 687 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 688 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 689 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 690 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 691 PDiag(IsTemplateName 692 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 693 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 694 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 695 CanRecover); 696 } else { 697 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 698 } 699 700 if (!CanRecover) 701 return; 702 703 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 704 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 705 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 706 SourceRange(IILoc)); 707 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 708 SuggestedType = 709 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 710 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 711 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 712 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 713 } 714 return; 715 } 716 717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 718 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 719 UnqualifiedId Name; 720 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 721 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 722 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 723 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 724 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 725 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 726 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 727 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 728 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 729 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 730 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 731 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 732 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 733 } 734 return; 735 } 736 } 737 738 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 739 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 740 741 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 742 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 743 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 744 << II; 745 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 746 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 747 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 748 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 749 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 750 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 751 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 752 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 753 754 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 755 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 756 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 757 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 758 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 759 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 760 } else { 761 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 762 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 763 } 764 } 765 766 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 767 /// or 768 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 769 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 770 NextToken.is(tok::less); 771 772 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 773 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 774 return true; 775 776 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 777 return true; 778 } 779 780 return false; 781 } 782 783 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 784 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 785 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 786 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 787 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 788 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 789 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 790 StringRef FixItTagName; 791 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 792 case TTK_Class: 793 FixItTagName = "class "; 794 break; 795 796 case TTK_Enum: 797 FixItTagName = "enum "; 798 break; 799 800 case TTK_Struct: 801 FixItTagName = "struct "; 802 break; 803 804 case TTK_Interface: 805 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 806 break; 807 808 case TTK_Union: 809 FixItTagName = "union "; 810 break; 811 } 812 813 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 814 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 815 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 817 818 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 819 I != IEnd; ++I) 820 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 821 << Name << TagName; 822 823 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 824 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 825 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 826 return true; 827 } 828 829 return false; 830 } 831 832 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 833 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 834 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 835 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 836 837 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 838 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 839 840 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 841 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 842 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 843 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 844 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 845 } 846 847 Sema::NameClassification 848 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 849 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 850 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 851 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 852 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 853 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 854 855 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 856 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 857 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 858 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 859 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 860 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 861 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 862 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 863 // will reject it later. 864 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 865 } 866 867 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 868 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 869 870 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 871 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 872 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 873 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 874 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 875 return TypeInBase; 876 } 877 878 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 879 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 880 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 881 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 882 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 883 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 884 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 885 return E; 886 } 887 888 bool SecondTry = false; 889 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 890 891 Corrected: 892 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 893 case LookupResult::NotFound: 894 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 895 // call. 896 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 897 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 898 // FIXME: Reference? 899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 900 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 901 902 // C90 6.3.2.2: 903 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 904 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 905 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 906 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 907 // the function call, the declaration 908 // 909 // extern int identifier (); 910 // 911 // appeared. 912 // 913 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 914 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 915 Result.addDecl(D); 916 Result.resolveKind(); 917 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 918 } 919 } 920 921 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 922 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 923 // "struct", or "union". 924 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 925 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 926 break; 927 } 928 929 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 930 // close to this name. 931 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 932 SecondTry = true; 933 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 934 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 935 &SS, std::move(CCC), 936 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 937 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 938 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 939 940 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 941 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 942 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 943 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 944 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 945 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 946 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 947 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 948 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 949 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 950 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 951 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 952 } 953 954 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 955 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 956 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 957 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 958 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 959 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 960 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 961 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 962 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 963 } 964 965 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 966 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 967 968 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 969 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 970 return Name; 971 972 // Also update the LookupResult... 973 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 974 Result.clear(); 975 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 976 if (FirstDecl) 977 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 978 979 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 980 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 981 // reference the ivar. 982 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 983 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 984 Result.clear(); 985 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 986 return E; 987 } 988 989 goto Corrected; 990 } 991 } 992 993 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 994 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 995 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 996 997 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 998 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 999 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1000 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1001 1002 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1003 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1004 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1005 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1006 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1007 // 1008 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1009 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1010 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1011 // keyword here. 1012 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1013 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1014 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1015 } 1016 1017 case LookupResult::Found: 1018 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1019 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1020 break; 1021 1022 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1023 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1024 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1025 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1026 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1027 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1028 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1029 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1030 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1031 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1032 // ambiguous. 1033 // 1034 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1035 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1036 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1037 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1038 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1039 break; 1040 } 1041 } 1042 1043 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1044 return NameClassification::Error(); 1045 } 1046 1047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1048 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1049 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1050 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1051 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1052 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1053 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1054 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1055 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1056 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1057 1058 if (!Result.empty()) { 1059 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1060 bool IsVarTemplate; 1061 TemplateName Template; 1062 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1063 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1064 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1065 Result.end()); 1066 } else { 1067 TemplateDecl *TD 1068 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1069 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1070 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1071 1072 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1073 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1074 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1075 TD); 1076 else 1077 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1078 } 1079 1080 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1081 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1082 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1083 // to based on which function we selected. 1084 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1085 1086 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1087 } 1088 1089 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1090 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1091 } 1092 } 1093 1094 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1095 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1096 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1097 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1098 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1099 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1100 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1101 return ParsedType::make(T); 1102 } 1103 1104 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1105 if (!Class) { 1106 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1107 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1108 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1109 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1110 } 1111 1112 if (Class) { 1113 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1114 1115 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1116 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1117 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1118 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1119 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1120 } 1121 1122 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1123 return ParsedType::make(T); 1124 } 1125 1126 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1127 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1128 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1129 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1130 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1131 1132 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1133 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1134 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1135 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1136 (NextIsOp && 1137 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1138 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1139 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1140 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1141 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1142 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1143 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1144 return ParsedType::make(T); 1145 } 1146 1147 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1148 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1149 nullptr, S); 1150 1151 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1152 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1153 } 1154 1155 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1156 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1157 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1158 if (!TD) 1159 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1160 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1161 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1162 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1163 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1164 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1165 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1166 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1167 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1168 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1169 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1170 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1171 } 1172 1173 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1174 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1175 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1176 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1177 1178 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1179 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1180 // the context we'll need to return to. 1181 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1182 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1183 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1184 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1185 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1186 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1187 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1188 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1189 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1190 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1191 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1192 1193 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1194 // lexical context. 1195 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1196 return DC; 1197 1198 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1199 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1200 // class is the context we need to return to. 1201 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1202 DC = RD; 1203 1204 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1205 // declared in. 1206 return DC; 1207 } 1208 1209 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1210 } 1211 1212 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1213 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1214 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1215 CurContext = DC; 1216 S->setEntity(DC); 1217 } 1218 1219 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1220 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1221 1222 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1223 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1224 } 1225 1226 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1227 Decl *D) { 1228 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1229 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1230 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1231 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1232 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1233 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1234 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1235 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1236 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1237 return Result; 1238 } 1239 1240 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1241 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1242 } 1243 1244 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1245 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1246 /// 1247 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1248 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1249 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1250 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1251 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1252 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1253 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1254 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1255 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1256 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1257 // namespace. 1258 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1259 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1260 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1261 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1262 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1263 1264 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1265 1266 #ifndef NDEBUG 1267 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1268 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1269 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1270 #endif 1271 1272 CurContext = DC; 1273 S->setEntity(DC); 1274 } 1275 1276 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1277 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1278 1279 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1280 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1281 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1282 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1283 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1284 1285 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1286 // disappear. 1287 } 1288 1289 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1290 // We assume that the caller has already called 1291 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1292 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1293 if (!FD) 1294 return; 1295 1296 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1297 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1298 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1299 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1300 CurContext = FD; 1301 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1302 1303 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1304 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1305 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1306 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1307 S->AddDecl(Param); 1308 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1309 } 1310 } 1311 } 1312 1313 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1314 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1315 // rather than the top-level class. 1316 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1317 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1318 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1319 } 1320 1321 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1322 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1323 /// 1324 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1325 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1326 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1327 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1328 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1329 /// attribute. 1330 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1331 ASTContext &Context, 1332 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1333 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1334 return true; 1335 1336 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1337 return true; 1338 1339 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1340 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1341 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1342 } 1343 1344 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1345 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1346 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1347 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1348 // scope. 1349 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1350 S = S->getParent(); 1351 1352 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1353 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1354 // into any context. 1355 if (AddToContext) 1356 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1357 1358 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1359 // are function-local declarations. 1360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1361 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1362 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1363 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1364 return; 1365 1366 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1367 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1368 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1369 return; 1370 1371 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1372 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1373 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1374 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1375 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1376 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1377 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1378 1379 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1380 break; 1381 } 1382 } 1383 1384 S->AddDecl(D); 1385 1386 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1387 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1388 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1389 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1390 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1391 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1392 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1393 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1394 continue; 1395 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1396 break; 1397 } 1398 1399 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1400 } else { 1401 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1402 } 1403 } 1404 1405 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1406 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1407 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1411 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1412 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1413 } 1414 1415 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1416 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1417 do { 1418 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1419 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1420 return S; 1421 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1422 1423 return nullptr; 1424 } 1425 1426 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1427 DeclContext*, 1428 ASTContext&); 1429 1430 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1431 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1432 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1433 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1434 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1435 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1436 while (F.hasNext()) { 1437 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1438 1439 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1440 continue; 1441 1442 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1443 continue; 1444 1445 F.erase(); 1446 } 1447 1448 F.done(); 1449 } 1450 1451 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1452 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1453 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1454 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1455 } 1456 1457 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1458 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1459 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1460 while (F.hasNext()) 1461 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1462 F.erase(); 1463 1464 F.done(); 1465 } 1466 1467 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1468 /// @code 1469 /// class S { 1470 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1471 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1472 /// }; 1473 /// @endcode 1474 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1475 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1476 // the decl here. 1477 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1478 return false; 1479 1480 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1481 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1482 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1483 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1484 return false; 1485 } 1486 1487 // We need this to handle 1488 // 1489 // typedef struct { 1490 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1491 // } A; 1492 // 1493 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1494 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1495 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1496 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1497 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1498 // not. 1499 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1500 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1501 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1502 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1503 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1504 return true; 1505 } 1506 DC = DC->getParent(); 1507 } 1508 1509 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1510 } 1511 1512 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1513 // these semantics. 1514 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1515 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1516 return false; 1517 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1518 } 1519 1520 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1521 assert(D); 1522 1523 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1524 return false; 1525 1526 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1527 // of members of class templates. 1528 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1529 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1530 return false; 1531 1532 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1533 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1534 return false; 1535 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1536 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1537 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1538 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1539 return false; 1540 1541 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1542 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1543 return false; 1544 } else { 1545 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1546 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1547 return false; 1548 } 1549 1550 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1551 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1552 return false; 1553 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1554 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1555 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1556 // like "inline".) 1557 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1558 return false; 1559 1560 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1561 return false; 1562 1563 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1564 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1565 return false; 1566 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1567 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1568 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1569 return false; 1570 1571 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1572 return false; 1573 } else { 1574 return false; 1575 } 1576 1577 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1578 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1579 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1580 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1581 } 1582 1583 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1584 if (!D) 1585 return; 1586 1587 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1588 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1589 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1590 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1591 } 1592 1593 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1594 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1595 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1596 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1597 } 1598 1599 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1600 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1601 } 1602 1603 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1604 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1605 return false; 1606 1607 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1608 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1609 return false; 1610 1611 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 return true; 1613 1614 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1615 // functions. 1616 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1617 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1618 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1619 WithinFunction = 1620 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1621 if (!WithinFunction) 1622 return false; 1623 1624 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1625 return true; 1626 1627 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1628 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1629 return false; 1630 1631 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1632 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1633 1634 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1635 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1636 1637 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1638 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1639 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1640 return false; 1641 } 1642 1643 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1644 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1645 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1646 return false; 1647 1648 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1649 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1650 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1651 1652 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1653 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1654 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1655 return false; 1656 1657 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1658 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1659 return false; 1660 1661 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1662 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1663 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1664 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1665 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1666 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1667 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1668 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1669 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1670 return false; 1671 } 1672 } 1673 } 1674 } 1675 1676 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1677 } 1678 1679 return true; 1680 } 1681 1682 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1683 FixItHint &Hint) { 1684 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1685 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1686 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1687 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1688 return; 1689 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1690 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1691 } 1692 } 1693 1694 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1695 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1696 return; 1697 1698 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1699 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1700 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1701 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1702 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1703 } 1704 } 1705 1706 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1707 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1708 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1709 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1713 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1714 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1715 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1716 return; 1717 } 1718 1719 FixItHint Hint; 1720 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1721 1722 unsigned DiagID; 1723 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1724 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1725 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1726 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1727 else 1728 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1729 1730 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1731 } 1732 1733 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1734 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1735 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1736 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1737 // MS inline assembly label name. 1738 bool Diagnose = false; 1739 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1740 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1741 else 1742 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1743 if (Diagnose) 1744 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1745 } 1746 1747 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1748 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1749 1750 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1751 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1752 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1753 1754 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1755 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1756 1757 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1758 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1759 1760 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1761 1762 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1763 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1764 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1765 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1766 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1767 } 1768 1769 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1770 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1771 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1772 1773 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1774 // already. 1775 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1776 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1777 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1778 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1779 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1780 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1781 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1782 } 1783 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1784 } 1785 } 1786 } 1787 1788 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1789 /// 1790 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1791 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1792 /// to the fixed name. 1793 /// 1794 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1795 /// 1796 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1797 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1798 /// 1799 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1800 /// class could not be found. 1801 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1802 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1803 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1804 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1805 // creation from this context. 1806 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1807 1808 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1809 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1810 // find an Objective-C class name. 1811 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1812 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1813 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1814 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1815 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1816 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1817 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1818 } 1819 } 1820 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1821 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1822 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1823 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1824 return Def; 1825 } 1826 1827 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1828 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1829 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1830 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1831 /// ill-formed in C++: 1832 /// @code 1833 /// struct S6 { 1834 /// enum { BAR } e; 1835 /// }; 1836 /// 1837 /// void test_S6() { 1838 /// struct S6 a; 1839 /// a.e = BAR; 1840 /// } 1841 /// @endcode 1842 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1843 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1844 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1845 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1846 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1847 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1848 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1849 /// contain non-field names. 1850 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1851 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1852 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1853 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1854 S = S->getParent(); 1855 return S; 1856 } 1857 1858 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1859 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1860 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1861 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1862 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1863 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1864 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1865 return; 1866 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1867 1868 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1869 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1870 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1871 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1872 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1873 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1874 } 1875 1876 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1877 switch (Error) { 1878 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1879 return ""; 1880 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1881 return "stdio.h"; 1882 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1883 return "setjmp.h"; 1884 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1885 return "ucontext.h"; 1886 } 1887 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1888 } 1889 1890 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1891 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1892 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1893 /// built-in. 1894 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1895 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1896 SourceLocation Loc) { 1897 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1898 1899 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1900 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1901 if (Error) { 1902 if (ForRedeclaration) 1903 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1904 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1905 return nullptr; 1906 } 1907 1908 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1909 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1910 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1911 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1912 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1913 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1914 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1915 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1916 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1917 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1918 } 1919 1920 if (R.isNull()) 1921 return nullptr; 1922 1923 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1925 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1926 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1927 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1928 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1929 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1930 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1931 } 1932 1933 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1934 Parent, 1935 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1936 SC_Extern, 1937 false, 1938 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1939 New->setImplicit(); 1940 1941 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1942 // FunctionDecl. 1943 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1944 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1945 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1946 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1947 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1948 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1949 SC_None, nullptr); 1950 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1951 Params.push_back(parm); 1952 } 1953 New->setParams(Params); 1954 } 1955 1956 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1957 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1958 1959 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1960 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1961 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1962 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1963 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1964 CurContext = Parent; 1965 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1966 CurContext = SavedContext; 1967 return New; 1968 } 1969 1970 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1971 /// entity if their types are the same. 1972 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1973 /// isSameEntity. 1974 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1975 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1976 LookupResult &Previous) { 1977 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1978 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1979 return; 1980 1981 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1982 if (Previous.empty()) 1983 return; 1984 1985 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1986 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1987 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1988 1989 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1990 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1991 continue; 1992 1993 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1994 // different linkages. 1995 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1996 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1997 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1998 continue; 1999 2000 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2001 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2002 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2003 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2004 continue; 2005 } 2006 2007 Filter.erase(); 2008 } 2009 2010 Filter.done(); 2011 } 2012 2013 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2014 QualType OldType; 2015 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2016 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2017 else 2018 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2019 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2020 2021 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2022 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2023 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2025 << Kind << NewType; 2026 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2027 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2028 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2029 return true; 2030 } 2031 2032 if (OldType != NewType && 2033 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2034 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2035 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2036 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2037 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2038 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2039 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2040 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2041 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2042 return true; 2043 } 2044 return false; 2045 } 2046 2047 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2048 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2049 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2050 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2051 /// 2052 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2053 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2054 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2055 // merging checks. 2056 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2057 2058 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2059 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2060 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2061 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2062 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2063 default: break; 2064 case 2: 2065 { 2066 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2067 break; 2068 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2069 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2070 break; 2071 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2072 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2073 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2074 break; 2075 } 2076 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2077 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2078 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2079 return; 2080 } 2081 case 5: 2082 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2083 break; 2084 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2085 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2086 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2087 return; 2088 case 3: 2089 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2090 break; 2091 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2092 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2093 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2094 return; 2095 } 2096 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2097 } 2098 2099 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2100 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2101 if (!Old) { 2102 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2103 << New->getDeclName(); 2104 2105 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2106 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2107 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2108 2109 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2110 } 2111 2112 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2113 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2114 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2115 2116 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2117 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2118 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2119 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2120 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2121 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2122 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2123 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2124 // instead of our tag. 2125 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2126 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2127 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2128 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2129 else 2130 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2131 2132 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2133 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2134 2135 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2136 // out of the scope. 2137 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2138 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2139 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2140 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2141 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2142 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2143 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2144 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2145 } 2146 } 2147 } 2148 } 2149 2150 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2151 // with any extensions enabled. 2152 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2153 return; 2154 2155 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2156 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2157 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2158 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2159 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2160 } 2161 2162 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2163 return; 2164 2165 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2166 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2167 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2168 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2169 // to the type to which it already refers. 2170 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2171 return; 2172 2173 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2174 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2175 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2176 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2177 // 2178 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2179 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2180 // 2181 // struct S { 2182 // typedef struct A { } A; 2183 // }; 2184 // 2185 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2186 // allow the above but disallow 2187 // 2188 // struct S { 2189 // typedef int I; 2190 // typedef int I; 2191 // }; 2192 // 2193 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2194 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2195 return; 2196 2197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2198 << New->getDeclName(); 2199 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2200 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2201 } 2202 2203 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2204 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2205 return; 2206 2207 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2208 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2209 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2210 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2211 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2212 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2213 (Old->isImplicit() || 2214 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2215 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2216 return; 2217 2218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2219 << New->getDeclName(); 2220 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2221 } 2222 2223 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2224 /// attribute. 2225 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2226 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2227 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2228 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2229 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2230 if (Ann) { 2231 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2232 return true; 2233 continue; 2234 } 2235 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2236 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2237 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2238 return true; 2239 } 2240 2241 return false; 2242 } 2243 2244 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2245 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2246 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2247 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2248 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2249 return true; 2250 } 2251 2252 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2253 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2254 /// 2255 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2256 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2257 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2258 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2259 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2260 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2261 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2262 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2263 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2264 // in a case like: 2265 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2266 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2267 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2268 // definition in such a case. 2269 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2270 return false; 2271 2272 if (I->isAlignas()) 2273 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2274 2275 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2276 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2277 OldAlign = Align; 2278 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2279 } 2280 } 2281 2282 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2283 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2284 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2285 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2286 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2287 return false; 2288 2289 if (I->isAlignas()) 2290 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2291 2292 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2293 if (Align > NewAlign) 2294 NewAlign = Align; 2295 } 2296 2297 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2298 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2299 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2300 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2301 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2302 2303 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2304 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2305 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2306 QualType Ty; 2307 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2308 Ty = VD->getType(); 2309 else 2310 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2311 2312 if (OldAlign == 0) 2313 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2314 if (NewAlign == 0) 2315 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2316 } 2317 2318 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2319 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2320 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2321 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2322 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2327 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2328 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2329 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2330 // equivalent alignment. 2331 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2332 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2333 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2334 // have no alignment specifier. 2335 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2336 << OldAlignasAttr; 2337 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2338 << OldAlignasAttr; 2339 } 2340 2341 bool AnyAdded = false; 2342 2343 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2344 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2345 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2346 Clone->setInherited(true); 2347 New->addAttr(Clone); 2348 AnyAdded = true; 2349 } 2350 2351 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2352 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2353 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2354 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2355 Clone->setInherited(true); 2356 New->addAttr(Clone); 2357 AnyAdded = true; 2358 } 2359 2360 return AnyAdded; 2361 } 2362 2363 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2364 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2365 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2366 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2367 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2368 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2369 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2370 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2371 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2372 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2373 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2374 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2375 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2376 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2377 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2378 AA->getDeprecated(), 2379 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2380 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2381 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2382 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2383 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2384 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2385 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2386 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2387 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2388 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2389 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2390 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2391 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2392 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2393 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2394 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2395 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2396 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2397 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2398 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2399 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2400 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2401 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2402 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2403 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2404 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2405 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2406 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2407 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2408 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2409 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2410 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2411 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2412 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2413 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2414 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2415 return false; 2416 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2417 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2418 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2419 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2420 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2421 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2422 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2423 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2424 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2425 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2426 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2427 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2428 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2429 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2430 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2431 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2432 NewAttr = nullptr; 2433 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2434 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2435 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2436 NewAttr = nullptr; 2437 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2438 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2439 UA->getGuid()); 2440 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2441 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2442 2443 if (NewAttr) { 2444 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2445 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2446 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2447 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2448 return true; 2449 } 2450 2451 return false; 2452 } 2453 2454 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2455 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2456 return TD->getDefinition(); 2457 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2458 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2459 if (Def) 2460 return Def; 2461 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2462 } 2463 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2464 return FD->getDefinition(); 2465 return nullptr; 2466 } 2467 2468 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2469 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2470 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2471 return true; 2472 return false; 2473 } 2474 2475 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2476 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2477 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2478 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2479 return; 2480 2481 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2482 if (!Def || Def == New) 2483 return; 2484 2485 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2486 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2487 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2488 2489 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2490 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2491 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2492 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2493 2494 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2495 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2496 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2497 --E; 2498 continue; 2499 } 2500 } else { 2501 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2502 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2503 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2504 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2505 : diag::err_redefinition; 2506 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2507 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2508 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2509 else 2510 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2511 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2512 } 2513 ++I; 2514 continue; 2515 } 2516 2517 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2518 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2519 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2520 ++I; 2521 continue; 2522 } 2523 } 2524 2525 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2526 ++I; 2527 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2528 } 2529 2530 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2531 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2532 ++I; 2533 continue; 2534 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2535 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2536 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2537 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2538 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2539 // equivalent alignment. 2540 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2541 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2542 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2543 // have no alignment specifier. 2544 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2545 << AA; 2546 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2547 << AA; 2548 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2549 --E; 2550 continue; 2551 } 2552 } 2553 2554 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2555 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2556 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2557 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2558 --E; 2559 } 2560 } 2561 2562 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2563 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2564 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2565 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2566 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2567 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2568 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2569 } 2570 2571 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2572 return; 2573 2574 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2575 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2576 2577 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2578 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2579 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2580 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2582 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2583 } 2584 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2585 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2586 // already been ODR-used. 2587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2588 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2589 } 2590 } 2591 2592 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2593 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2594 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2595 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2596 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2597 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2598 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2599 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2600 << NewTag; 2601 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2602 } 2603 } 2604 } else { 2605 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2606 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2611 return; 2612 2613 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2614 2615 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2616 // we process them. 2617 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2618 2619 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2620 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2621 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2622 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2623 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2624 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2625 switch (AMK) { 2626 case AMK_None: 2627 continue; 2628 2629 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2630 case AMK_Override: 2631 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2632 LocalAMK = AMK; 2633 break; 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 // Already handled. 2638 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2639 continue; 2640 2641 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2642 foundAny = true; 2643 } 2644 2645 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2646 foundAny = true; 2647 2648 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2649 } 2650 2651 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2652 /// to the new one. 2653 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2654 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2655 Sema &S) { 2656 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2657 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2658 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2659 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2660 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2661 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2662 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2663 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2664 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2665 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2666 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2667 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2668 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2669 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2670 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2671 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2672 } 2673 2674 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2675 return; 2676 2677 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2678 2679 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2680 // done before we process them. 2681 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2682 2683 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2684 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2685 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2686 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2687 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2688 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2689 foundAny = true; 2690 } 2691 } 2692 2693 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2694 } 2695 2696 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2697 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2698 Sema &S) { 2699 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2700 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2701 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2702 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2703 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2704 *Newnullability, 2705 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2706 != 0)) 2707 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2708 *Oldnullability, 2709 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2710 != 0)); 2711 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2712 } 2713 } else { 2714 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2715 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2716 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2717 NewT, NewT); 2718 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2719 } 2720 } 2721 } 2722 2723 namespace { 2724 2725 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2726 /// C. 2727 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2728 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2729 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2730 QualType PromotedType; 2731 }; 2732 2733 } // end anonymous namespace 2734 2735 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2736 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2737 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2738 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2739 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2740 2741 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2742 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2743 2744 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2745 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2746 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2747 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2748 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2749 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2750 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2751 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2752 } 2753 2754 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2755 } 2756 2757 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2758 // declaration, or a declaration. 2759 template <typename T> 2760 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2761 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2762 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2763 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2764 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2765 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2766 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2767 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2768 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2769 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2770 } else 2771 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2772 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2773 } 2774 2775 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2776 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2777 /// GNU89 mode. 2778 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2779 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2780 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2781 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2782 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2783 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2784 } 2785 2786 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2787 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2788 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2789 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2790 return AT; 2791 } 2792 2793 template <typename T> 2794 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2795 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2796 if (DC->isRecord()) 2797 return false; 2798 2799 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2800 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2801 return true; 2802 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2803 return true; 2804 return false; 2805 } 2806 2807 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2808 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2809 2810 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2811 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2812 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2813 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2814 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2815 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2816 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2817 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2818 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2819 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2820 // and function templates; or 2821 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2822 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2823 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2824 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2825 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2826 2827 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2828 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2829 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2830 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2831 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2832 2833 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2834 if (Old && 2835 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2836 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2837 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2838 Old = nullptr; 2839 2840 if (!Old) { 2841 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2842 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2843 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2844 return true; 2845 } 2846 return false; 2847 } 2848 2849 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2850 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2851 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2852 2853 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2854 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2855 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2856 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2857 return true; 2858 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2859 }; 2860 2861 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2862 } 2863 2864 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2865 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2866 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2867 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2868 /// 2869 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2870 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2871 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2872 /// merged with. 2873 /// 2874 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2875 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2876 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2877 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2878 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2879 if (!Old) { 2880 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2881 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2883 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2884 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2885 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2886 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2887 return true; 2888 } 2889 2890 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2891 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2892 return true; 2893 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2894 } else { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2896 << New->getDeclName(); 2897 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 } 2901 2902 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2903 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2904 return true; 2905 2906 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2907 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2908 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2909 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2910 2911 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2912 // is an extern inline function. 2913 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2914 // storage classes. 2915 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2916 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2917 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2918 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2919 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2920 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2922 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2923 } else { 2924 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2925 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2926 return true; 2927 } 2928 } 2929 2930 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2931 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2933 << New->getDeclName(); 2934 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2935 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2936 } 2937 2938 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2939 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2940 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 2941 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 2942 << New << OldOvl; 2943 2944 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 2945 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 2946 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 2947 // 2948 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 2949 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 2950 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 2951 if (OldOvl) { 2952 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 2953 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2954 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 2955 }); 2956 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 2957 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 2958 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 2959 } 2960 2961 if (DiagOld) 2962 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 2963 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 2964 << OldOvl; 2965 2966 if (OldOvl) 2967 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2968 else 2969 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2970 } 2971 } 2972 2973 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2974 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2975 // convention of the first. 2976 // 2977 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2978 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2979 // 2980 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2981 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2982 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2983 // 2984 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2985 // other tests to run. 2986 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2987 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2988 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2989 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2990 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2991 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2992 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2993 2994 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2995 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2996 const FunctionType *FT = 2997 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2998 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2999 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3000 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3001 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3002 // there but not here. 3003 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3004 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3005 } else { 3006 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3007 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3009 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3010 << !FirstCCExplicit 3011 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3012 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3013 3014 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3015 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3016 return true; 3017 } 3018 } 3019 3020 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3021 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3022 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3023 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3024 } 3025 3026 // Merge regparm attribute. 3027 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3028 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3029 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3031 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3032 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3033 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3034 return true; 3035 } 3036 3037 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3038 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3039 } 3040 3041 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3042 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3043 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3045 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3046 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3047 return true; 3048 } 3049 3050 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3051 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3052 } 3053 3054 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3055 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3056 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3057 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3058 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3059 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3060 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3061 return true; 3062 } 3063 3064 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3065 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3066 } 3067 3068 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3069 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3070 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3071 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3072 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3073 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3074 } 3075 3076 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3077 // UndefinedButUsed. 3078 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3079 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3080 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3081 Old->isUsed(false) && 3082 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3083 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3084 SourceLocation())); 3085 3086 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3087 // about it. 3088 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3089 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3090 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3091 } 3092 3093 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3094 // redeclaration. 3095 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3096 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3098 << New->getDeclName(); 3099 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3100 return true; 3101 } 3102 3103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3104 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3105 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3106 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3107 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3108 3109 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3110 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3111 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3112 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3113 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3114 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3115 return true; 3116 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3117 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3118 3119 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3120 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3121 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3122 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3123 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3124 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3125 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3126 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3127 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3128 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3129 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3130 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3131 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3132 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3133 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3134 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3135 QualType ResQT; 3136 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3137 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3138 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3139 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3140 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3141 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3142 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3143 else 3144 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3145 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3146 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3147 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3148 return true; 3149 } 3150 else 3151 NewQType = ResQT; 3152 } 3153 3154 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3155 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3156 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3157 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3158 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3159 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3160 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3161 New->setType( 3162 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3163 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3164 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3165 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3166 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3167 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3168 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3169 } 3170 } 3171 3172 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3173 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3174 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3175 // Preserve triviality. 3176 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3177 3178 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3179 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3180 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3181 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3182 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3183 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3184 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3185 3186 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3187 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3188 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3189 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3190 // is a static member function declaration. 3191 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3192 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3193 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3194 return true; 3195 } 3196 3197 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3198 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3199 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3200 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3201 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3202 unsigned NewDiag; 3203 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3204 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3205 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3206 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3207 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3208 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3209 else 3210 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3211 3212 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3213 } else { 3214 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3215 << New << New->getType(); 3216 } 3217 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3218 return true; 3219 3220 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3221 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3222 // 3223 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3224 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3225 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3226 if (isFriend) { 3227 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3228 } else { 3229 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3230 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3231 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3232 return true; 3233 } 3234 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3235 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3236 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3237 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3238 return true; 3239 } 3240 } 3241 3242 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3243 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3244 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3245 // attribute. 3246 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3247 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3248 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3249 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3250 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3251 } 3252 3253 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3254 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3255 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3256 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3257 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3258 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3259 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3260 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3261 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3262 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3263 } 3264 3265 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3266 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3267 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3268 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3269 3270 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3271 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3272 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3273 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3274 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3275 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3276 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3277 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3278 } 3279 3280 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3281 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3282 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3283 // 3284 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3285 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3286 // linkage within class scope. 3287 // 3288 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3289 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3290 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3291 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3292 } else { 3293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 return true; 3296 } 3297 } 3298 3299 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3300 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3301 3302 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3303 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3304 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3305 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3306 // when we instantiate the function. 3307 return false; 3308 } 3309 3310 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3311 } 3312 3313 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3314 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3316 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3317 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3318 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3319 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3320 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3321 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3322 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3323 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3324 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3325 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3326 NewQType = 3327 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3328 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3329 New->setType(NewQType); 3330 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3331 3332 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3333 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3334 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3335 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3336 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3337 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3338 SC_None, nullptr); 3339 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3340 Param->setImplicit(); 3341 Params.push_back(Param); 3342 } 3343 3344 New->setParams(Params); 3345 } 3346 3347 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3348 } 3349 3350 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3351 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3352 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3353 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3354 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3355 // the prototype. 3356 // 3357 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3358 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3359 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3360 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3361 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3362 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3363 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3364 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3365 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3366 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3367 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3368 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3369 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3370 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3371 3372 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3373 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3374 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3375 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3376 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3377 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3378 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3379 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3380 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3381 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3382 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3383 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3384 NewParm->getType(), 3385 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3386 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3387 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3388 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3389 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3390 } else 3391 LooseCompatible = false; 3392 } 3393 3394 if (LooseCompatible) { 3395 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3396 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3397 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3398 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3399 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3400 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3401 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3402 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3403 } 3404 3405 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3406 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3407 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3408 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3409 } 3410 3411 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3412 } 3413 3414 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3415 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3416 3417 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3418 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3419 unsigned BuiltinID; 3420 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3421 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3422 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3423 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3424 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3425 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3426 << Old << Old->getType(); 3427 3428 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3429 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3430 // 3431 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3432 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3433 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3434 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3435 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3436 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3437 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3438 3439 return false; 3440 } 3441 3442 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3443 } 3444 3445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3446 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3447 return true; 3448 } 3449 3450 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3451 /// known to be compatible. 3452 /// 3453 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3454 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3455 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3456 /// redeclaration of Old. 3457 /// 3458 /// \returns false 3459 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3460 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3461 // Merge the attributes 3462 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3463 3464 // Merge "pure" flag. 3465 if (Old->isPure()) 3466 New->setPure(); 3467 3468 // Merge "used" flag. 3469 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3470 New->setIsUsed(); 3471 3472 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3473 // declarations. 3474 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3475 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3476 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3477 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3478 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3479 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3480 } 3481 3482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3483 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3484 3485 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3486 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3487 // was visible. 3488 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3489 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3490 New->setType(Merged); 3491 3492 return false; 3493 } 3494 3495 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3496 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3497 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3498 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3499 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3500 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3501 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3502 : AMK_Override; 3503 3504 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3505 3506 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3507 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3508 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3509 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3510 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3511 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3512 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3513 3514 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3515 } 3516 3517 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3518 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3519 3520 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3521 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3522 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3523 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3524 3525 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3526 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3527 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3528 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3529 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3530 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3531 } 3532 3533 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3534 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3535 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3536 /// 3537 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3538 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3539 /// is attached. 3540 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3541 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3542 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3543 return; 3544 3545 QualType MergedT; 3546 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3547 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3548 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3549 return; 3550 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3551 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3552 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3553 } 3554 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3555 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3556 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3557 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3558 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3559 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3560 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3561 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3562 3563 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3564 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3565 // mismatch. 3566 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3567 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3568 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3569 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3570 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3571 continue; 3572 3573 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3574 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3575 } 3576 } 3577 3578 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3579 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3580 NewArray->getElementType())) 3581 MergedT = New->getType(); 3582 } 3583 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3584 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3585 // visible. 3586 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3587 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3588 NewArray->getElementType())) 3589 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3590 } 3591 } 3592 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3593 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3594 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3595 Old->getType()); 3596 } 3597 } else { 3598 // C 6.2.7p2: 3599 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3600 // compatible type. 3601 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3602 } 3603 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3604 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3605 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3606 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3607 // equivalent. 3608 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3609 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3610 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3611 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3612 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3613 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3614 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3615 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3616 return; 3617 } 3618 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3619 } 3620 3621 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3622 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3623 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3624 New->setType(MergedT); 3625 } 3626 3627 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3628 LookupResult &Previous) { 3629 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3630 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3631 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3632 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3633 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3634 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3635 // 3636 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3637 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3638 return false; 3639 3640 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3641 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3642 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3643 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3644 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3645 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3646 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3647 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3648 } else { 3649 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3650 // type unless we're in the same function. 3651 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3652 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3653 } 3654 } 3655 3656 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3657 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3658 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3659 /// 3660 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3661 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3662 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3663 /// 3664 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3665 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3667 return; 3668 3669 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3670 return; 3671 3672 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3673 3674 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3675 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3676 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3677 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3678 if (NewTemplate) { 3679 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3680 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3681 3682 if (auto *Shadow = 3683 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3684 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3685 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3686 } else { 3687 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3688 3689 if (auto *Shadow = 3690 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3691 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3692 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3693 } 3694 } 3695 if (!Old) { 3696 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3697 << New->getDeclName(); 3698 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3699 New->getLocation()); 3700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3701 } 3702 3703 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3704 if (NewTemplate && 3705 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3706 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3707 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3708 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3709 3710 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3711 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3712 // 3713 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3714 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3716 << New->getIdentifier(); 3717 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3718 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3719 } 3720 3721 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3722 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3723 // declaration 3724 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3725 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3726 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3727 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3728 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3729 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3730 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3731 } 3732 3733 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3734 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3735 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3736 << New->getDeclName(); 3737 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3738 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3739 } 3740 3741 // Merge the types. 3742 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3743 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3744 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3745 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3746 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3747 return; 3748 } 3749 3750 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3751 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3752 return; 3753 3754 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3755 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3756 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3757 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3758 3759 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3760 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3761 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3762 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3763 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3765 << New->getDeclName(); 3766 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3767 } else { 3768 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3769 << New->getDeclName(); 3770 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3771 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3772 } 3773 } 3774 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3775 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3776 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3777 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3778 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3779 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3780 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3781 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3782 // identifier has external linkage. 3783 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3784 /* Okay */; 3785 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3786 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3787 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3790 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3791 } 3792 3793 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3794 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3795 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3797 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3798 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3799 } 3800 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3801 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3802 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3803 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3804 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3805 } 3806 3807 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3808 3809 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3810 // need to check for mismatches. 3811 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3812 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3813 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3814 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3815 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3816 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3817 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3818 } 3819 3820 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3821 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3822 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3823 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3824 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3825 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3826 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3827 } 3828 } 3829 3830 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3831 // UndefinedButUsed. 3832 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3833 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3834 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3835 SourceLocation())); 3836 3837 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3838 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3839 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3840 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3841 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3842 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3843 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3844 } else { 3845 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3846 // static and dynamic initialization. 3847 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3848 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3849 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3850 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3851 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3852 } 3853 } 3854 3855 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3856 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3857 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3858 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3859 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3860 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3861 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3862 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3863 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3864 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3865 return; 3866 } 3867 } 3868 3869 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3870 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3871 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3872 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3873 return; 3874 } 3875 3876 // Merge "used" flag. 3877 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3878 New->setIsUsed(); 3879 3880 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3881 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3882 if (NewTemplate) 3883 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3884 3885 // Inherit access appropriately. 3886 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3887 if (NewTemplate) 3888 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3889 3890 if (Old->isInline()) 3891 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3892 } 3893 3894 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 3895 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 3896 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 3897 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 3898 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 3899 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 3900 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 3901 StringRef HdrFilename = 3902 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 3903 3904 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 3905 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 3906 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 3907 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 3908 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 3909 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 3910 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 3911 if (Mod) { 3912 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 3913 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3914 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 3915 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 3916 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3917 } else { 3918 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 3919 << HdrFilename.str(); 3920 } 3921 return true; 3922 } 3923 3924 return false; 3925 }; 3926 3927 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 3928 // this leads to a redefinition error. 3929 bool EmittedDiag = false; 3930 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 3931 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 3932 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 3933 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 3934 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 3935 3936 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 3937 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 3938 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 3939 3940 if (EmittedDiag) 3941 return; 3942 } 3943 3944 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 3945 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3946 } 3947 3948 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3949 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3950 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3951 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3952 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3953 New->isInline() || 3954 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3955 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3956 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3957 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3958 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3959 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3960 3961 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3962 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 3964 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 3965 return false; 3966 } else { 3967 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3968 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3969 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3970 return true; 3971 } 3972 } 3973 3974 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3975 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3976 Decl * 3977 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3978 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3979 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3980 AnonRecord); 3981 } 3982 3983 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3984 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3985 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3986 // compatibility. 3987 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3988 // targeted. 3989 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3990 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3991 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3992 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3993 } 3994 3995 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3996 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3997 return; 3998 3999 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4000 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4001 // it is anonymous. 4002 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4003 return; 4004 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4005 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4006 Context.setManglingNumber( 4007 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4008 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4009 return; 4010 } 4011 4012 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4013 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4014 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4015 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4016 Context.setManglingNumber( 4017 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4018 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4019 } 4020 } 4021 4022 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4023 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4024 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4025 return; 4026 4027 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4028 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4029 return; 4030 4031 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4032 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4033 4034 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4035 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4036 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4037 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4038 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4039 return; 4040 } 4041 4042 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4043 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4044 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4045 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4046 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4047 // for how to handle it. 4048 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4049 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4050 4051 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4052 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4053 4054 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4055 textToInsert += ' '; 4056 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4057 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4058 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4059 return; 4060 } 4061 4062 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4063 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4064 } 4065 4066 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4067 switch (T) { 4068 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4069 return 0; 4070 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4071 return 1; 4072 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4073 return 2; 4074 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4075 return 3; 4076 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4077 return 4; 4078 default: 4079 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4080 } 4081 } 4082 4083 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4084 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4085 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4086 Decl * 4087 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4088 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4089 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4090 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4091 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4092 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4093 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4094 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4095 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4096 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4097 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4098 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4099 4100 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4101 return nullptr; 4102 4103 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4104 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4105 // it's a Type. 4106 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4107 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4108 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4109 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4110 } 4111 4112 if (Tag) { 4113 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4114 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4115 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4116 return Tag; 4117 } 4118 4119 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4120 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4121 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4122 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4123 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4124 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4125 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4126 } 4127 4128 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4129 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4130 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 4131 4132 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4133 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4134 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4135 if (Tag) 4136 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4137 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4138 else 4139 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4140 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4141 return TagD; 4142 } 4143 4144 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 4145 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 4146 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 4147 // its initializer. 4148 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4149 return TagD; 4150 } 4151 4152 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4153 4154 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4155 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4156 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4157 if (TagD && !Tag) 4158 return nullptr; 4159 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4160 } 4161 4162 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4163 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4164 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4165 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4166 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4167 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4168 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4169 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4170 // or an explicit specialization. 4171 // 4172 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4173 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4174 // 4175 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4176 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4177 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4178 return nullptr; 4179 } 4180 4181 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4182 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4183 4184 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4185 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4186 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4187 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4188 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4189 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4190 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4191 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4192 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4193 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4194 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4195 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4196 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4197 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4198 AnonRecord = Record; 4199 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4200 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4201 } 4202 4203 DeclaresAnything = false; 4204 } 4205 } 4206 4207 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4208 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4209 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4210 // 4211 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4212 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4213 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4214 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4215 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4216 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4217 // struct STRUCT; 4218 // union UNION; 4219 // and 4220 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4221 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4222 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4223 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4224 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4225 if (Tag) 4226 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4227 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4228 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4229 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4230 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4231 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4232 4233 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4234 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4235 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4236 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4237 } 4238 4239 DeclaresAnything = false; 4240 } 4241 } 4242 4243 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4244 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4245 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4246 return TagD; 4247 4248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4249 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4250 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4251 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4252 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4253 DeclaresAnything = false; 4254 4255 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4256 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4257 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4258 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4259 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4260 else 4261 DeclaresAnything = false; 4262 } 4263 4264 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4265 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4266 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4267 << Tag->getTagKind() 4268 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4269 4270 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4271 4272 // C 6.7/2: 4273 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4274 // or the members of an enumeration. 4275 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4276 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4277 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4278 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4279 // previous declaration. 4280 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4281 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4282 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4283 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4284 return TagD; 4285 } 4286 4287 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4288 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4289 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4290 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4291 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4292 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4293 // 4294 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4295 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4296 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4297 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4298 4299 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4300 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4301 // useless. 4302 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4303 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4304 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4305 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4306 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4307 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4308 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4309 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4310 } 4311 4312 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4313 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4314 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4315 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4316 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4317 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4318 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4319 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4320 // Restrict is covered above. 4321 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4322 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4323 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4324 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4325 } 4326 4327 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4328 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4329 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4330 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4331 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4332 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4333 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4334 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4335 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4336 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4337 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4338 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4339 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4340 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4341 } 4342 } 4343 4344 return TagD; 4345 } 4346 4347 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4348 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4349 /// 4350 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4351 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4352 Scope *S, 4353 DeclContext *Owner, 4354 DeclarationName Name, 4355 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4356 bool IsUnion) { 4357 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4358 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4359 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4360 4361 // Pick a representative declaration. 4362 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4363 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4364 4365 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4366 return false; 4367 4368 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4369 << IsUnion << Name; 4370 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4371 4372 return true; 4373 } 4374 4375 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4376 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4377 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4378 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4379 /// struct, e.g., 4380 /// 4381 /// @code 4382 /// union { 4383 /// int i; 4384 /// float f; 4385 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4386 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4387 /// @endcode 4388 /// 4389 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4390 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4391 static bool 4392 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4393 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4394 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4395 bool Invalid = false; 4396 4397 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4398 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4399 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4400 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4401 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4402 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4403 VD->getLocation(), 4404 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4405 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4406 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4407 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4408 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4409 Invalid = true; 4410 } else { 4411 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4412 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4413 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4414 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4415 // anonymous union is declared. 4416 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4417 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4418 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4419 else 4420 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4421 4422 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4423 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4424 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4425 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4426 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4427 4428 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4429 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4430 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4431 4432 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4433 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4434 4435 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4436 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4437 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4438 4439 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4440 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4441 4442 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4443 } 4444 } 4445 } 4446 4447 return Invalid; 4448 } 4449 4450 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4451 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4452 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4453 static StorageClass 4454 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4455 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4456 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4457 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4458 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4459 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4460 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4461 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4462 return SC_None; 4463 return SC_Extern; 4464 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4465 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4466 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4467 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4468 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4469 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4470 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4471 } 4472 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4473 } 4474 4475 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4476 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4477 4478 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4479 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4480 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4481 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4482 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4483 return FD->getLocation(); 4484 } 4485 4486 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4487 } 4488 4489 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4490 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4491 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4492 return; 4493 4494 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4495 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4496 } 4497 4498 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4499 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4500 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4501 return; 4502 4503 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4504 } 4505 4506 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4507 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4508 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4509 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4510 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4511 AccessSpecifier AS, 4512 RecordDecl *Record, 4513 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4514 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4515 4516 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4517 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4518 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4519 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4520 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4521 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4522 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4523 4524 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4525 // structs/unions. 4526 bool Invalid = false; 4527 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4528 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4529 unsigned DiagID; 4530 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4531 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4532 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4533 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4534 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4535 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4536 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4537 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4538 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4539 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4540 4541 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4542 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4543 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4544 } 4545 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4546 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4547 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4548 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4549 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4550 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4551 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4553 4554 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4555 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4556 SourceLocation(), 4557 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4558 } 4559 } 4560 4561 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4562 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4563 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4564 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4565 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4566 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4567 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4568 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4569 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4570 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4571 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4572 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4573 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4574 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4575 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4577 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4578 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4579 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4580 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4581 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4582 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4583 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4584 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4585 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4586 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4587 4588 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4589 } 4590 4591 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4592 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4593 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4594 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4595 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4596 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4597 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4598 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4599 // members (clause 11). 4600 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4601 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4602 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4603 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4604 Invalid = true; 4605 } 4606 4607 // C++ [class.union]p1 4608 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4609 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4610 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4611 // array of such objects. 4612 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4613 Invalid = true; 4614 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4615 // Any implicit members are fine. 4616 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4617 // This is a type that showed up in an 4618 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4619 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4620 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4621 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4622 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4623 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4624 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4625 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4626 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4627 << Record->isUnion(); 4628 else { 4629 // This is a nested type declaration. 4630 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4631 << Record->isUnion(); 4632 Invalid = true; 4633 } 4634 } else { 4635 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4636 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4637 // not part of standard C++. 4638 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4639 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4640 << Record->isUnion(); 4641 } 4642 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4643 // Any access specifier is fine. 4644 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4645 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4646 } else { 4647 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4648 // member. Complain about it. 4649 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4650 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4651 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4652 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4653 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4654 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4655 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4656 4657 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4658 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4659 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4660 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4661 << Record->isUnion(); 4662 else { 4663 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4664 Invalid = true; 4665 } 4666 } 4667 } 4668 4669 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4670 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4671 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4672 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4673 Owner->isRecord()) 4674 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4675 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4676 } 4677 4678 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4679 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4680 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4681 Invalid = true; 4682 } 4683 4684 // Mock up a declarator. 4685 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4686 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4687 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4688 4689 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4690 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4691 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4692 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4693 DS.getLocStart(), 4694 Record->getLocation(), 4695 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4696 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4697 TInfo, 4698 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4699 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4700 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4701 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4702 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4703 } else { 4704 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4705 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4706 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4707 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4708 // an error here 4709 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4710 Invalid = true; 4711 SC = SC_None; 4712 } 4713 4714 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4715 DS.getLocStart(), 4716 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4717 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4718 TInfo, SC); 4719 4720 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4721 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4722 // initializer: 4723 // union { int n = 0; }; 4724 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4725 } 4726 Anon->setImplicit(); 4727 4728 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4729 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4730 4731 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4732 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4733 // its members. 4734 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4735 4736 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4737 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4738 // purposes. 4739 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4740 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4741 4742 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4743 Invalid = true; 4744 4745 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4747 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4748 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4749 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4750 Context.setManglingNumber( 4751 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4752 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4753 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4754 } 4755 } 4756 } 4757 4758 if (Invalid) 4759 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4760 4761 return Anon; 4762 } 4763 4764 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4765 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4766 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4767 /// Example: 4768 /// 4769 /// struct A { int a; }; 4770 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4771 /// 4772 /// void foo() { 4773 /// B var; 4774 /// var.a = 3; 4775 /// } 4776 /// 4777 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4778 RecordDecl *Record) { 4779 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4780 4781 // Mock up a declarator. 4782 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4783 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4784 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4785 4786 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4787 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4788 4789 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4790 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4791 ParentDecl, 4792 DS.getLocStart(), 4793 DS.getLocStart(), 4794 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4795 RecTy, 4796 TInfo, 4797 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4798 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4799 Anon->setImplicit(); 4800 4801 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4802 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4803 4804 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4805 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4806 // purposes. 4807 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4808 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4809 4810 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4811 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4812 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4813 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4814 AS_none, Chain)) { 4815 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4817 } 4818 4819 return Anon; 4820 } 4821 4822 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4823 /// given Declarator. 4824 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4825 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4826 } 4827 4828 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4829 DeclarationNameInfo 4830 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4831 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4832 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4833 4834 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4835 4836 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4837 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4838 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4839 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4840 return NameInfo; 4841 4842 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4843 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4844 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4845 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4846 // of the simple-template-id. 4847 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4848 // class template. 4849 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4850 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4851 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4852 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4853 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4854 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4855 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4856 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4857 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4858 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4859 if (Template) 4860 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4861 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4862 } 4863 4864 NameInfo.setName( 4865 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4866 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4867 return NameInfo; 4868 } 4869 4870 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4871 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4872 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4873 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4874 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4875 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4876 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4877 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4878 return NameInfo; 4879 4880 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4881 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4882 Name.Identifier)); 4883 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4884 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4885 return NameInfo; 4886 4887 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4888 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4889 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4890 if (Ty.isNull()) 4891 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4892 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4893 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4894 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4895 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4896 return NameInfo; 4897 } 4898 4899 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4900 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4901 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4902 if (Ty.isNull()) 4903 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4904 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4905 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4906 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4907 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4908 return NameInfo; 4909 } 4910 4911 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4912 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4913 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4914 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4915 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4916 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4917 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4918 4919 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4920 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4921 4922 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4923 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4924 // was qualified. 4925 4926 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4927 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4928 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4929 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4930 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4931 return NameInfo; 4932 } 4933 4934 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4936 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4937 if (Ty.isNull()) 4938 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4939 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4940 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4941 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4942 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4943 return NameInfo; 4944 } 4945 4946 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4947 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4948 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4949 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4950 } 4951 4952 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4953 4954 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4955 } 4956 4957 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4958 do { 4959 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4960 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4961 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4962 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4963 else 4964 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4965 } while (true); 4966 } 4967 4968 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4969 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4970 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4971 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4972 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4973 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4974 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4975 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4976 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4977 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4978 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4979 Params.clear(); 4980 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4981 return false; 4982 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4983 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4984 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4985 4986 // The parameter types are identical 4987 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4988 continue; 4989 4990 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4991 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4992 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4993 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4994 4995 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4996 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4997 Params.push_back(Idx); 4998 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4999 return false; 5000 } 5001 5002 return true; 5003 } 5004 5005 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5006 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5007 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5008 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5009 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5010 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5011 DeclarationName Name) { 5012 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5013 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5014 // - types which will become injected class names 5015 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5016 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5017 // few cases here. 5018 5019 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5020 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5021 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5022 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5023 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5024 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5025 // Grab the type from the parser. 5026 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5027 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5028 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5029 5030 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5031 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5032 // attached already. 5033 if (!TSI) 5034 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5035 5036 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5037 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5038 if (!TSI) return true; 5039 5040 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5041 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5042 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5043 break; 5044 } 5045 5046 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5047 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5048 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5049 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5050 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5051 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5052 break; 5053 } 5054 5055 default: 5056 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5057 break; 5058 } 5059 5060 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5061 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5062 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5063 5064 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5065 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5066 // pointer. 5067 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5068 continue; 5069 5070 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5071 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5072 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5073 return true; 5074 } 5075 5076 return false; 5077 } 5078 5079 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5080 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5081 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5082 5083 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5084 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5085 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5086 5087 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5088 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5089 5090 return Dcl; 5091 } 5092 5093 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5094 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5095 /// name different from T: 5096 /// - every static data member of class T; 5097 /// - every member function of class T 5098 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5099 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5100 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5101 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5102 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5103 5104 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5105 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5106 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5107 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5108 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5109 return true; 5110 } 5111 5112 return false; 5113 } 5114 5115 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5116 /// nested-name-specifier. 5117 /// 5118 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5121 /// resolves. 5122 /// 5123 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5124 /// 5125 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5126 /// 5127 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5128 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5129 DeclarationName Name, 5130 SourceLocation Loc) { 5131 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5132 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5133 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5134 5135 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5136 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5137 // 5138 // class X { 5139 // void X::f(); 5140 // }; 5141 // 5142 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5143 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5144 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5145 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5146 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5147 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5148 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5149 SS.clear(); 5150 } else { 5151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5152 } 5153 return false; 5154 } 5155 5156 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5157 // declaration. 5158 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 5159 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5160 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5161 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5162 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5164 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5165 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5166 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5167 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5168 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5170 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5171 else 5172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5173 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5174 5175 return true; 5176 } 5177 5178 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5179 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5180 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5181 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5182 SS.clear(); 5183 5184 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5185 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5186 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5187 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5188 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5189 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5190 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5191 return true; 5192 5193 return false; 5194 } 5195 5196 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5197 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5198 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5199 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5200 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5201 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5202 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5203 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5204 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5205 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5206 5207 return false; 5208 } 5209 5210 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5211 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5212 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5213 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5214 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5215 5216 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5217 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5218 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5219 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5220 } else if (!Name) { 5221 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5222 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5223 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5224 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5225 return nullptr; 5226 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5227 return nullptr; 5228 5229 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5230 // we find one that is. 5231 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5232 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5233 S = S->getParent(); 5234 5235 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5236 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5237 D.setInvalidType(); 5238 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5239 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5240 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5241 return nullptr; 5242 5243 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5244 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5245 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5246 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5247 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5248 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5249 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5251 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5252 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5253 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5254 return nullptr; 5255 } 5256 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5257 5258 if (!IsDependentContext && 5259 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5260 return nullptr; 5261 5262 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5263 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5265 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5266 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5267 return nullptr; 5268 } 5269 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5270 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5271 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5272 if (DC->isRecord()) 5273 return nullptr; 5274 5275 D.setInvalidType(); 5276 } 5277 } 5278 5279 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5280 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5281 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5282 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5283 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5284 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5285 D.setInvalidType(); 5286 } 5287 } 5288 5289 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5290 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5291 5292 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5293 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5294 D.setInvalidType(); 5295 5296 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5297 ForRedeclaration); 5298 5299 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5300 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5301 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5302 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5303 5304 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5305 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5306 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5307 // 5308 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5309 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5310 // the same name. 5311 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5312 /* Do nothing*/; 5313 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5314 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5315 R->isFunctionType())) { 5316 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5317 CreateBuiltins = 5318 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5319 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5320 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5321 CreateBuiltins = true; 5322 5323 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5324 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5325 5326 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5327 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5328 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5329 5330 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5331 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5332 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5333 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5334 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5335 // thereof; [...] 5336 // 5337 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5338 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5339 // we want to match. For example, given: 5340 // 5341 // class X { 5342 // void f(); 5343 // void f(float); 5344 // }; 5345 // 5346 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5347 // 5348 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5349 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5350 // matches. 5351 5352 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5353 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5354 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5355 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5356 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5357 } 5358 5359 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5360 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5361 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5362 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5363 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5364 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5365 5366 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5367 Previous.clear(); 5368 } 5369 5370 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5371 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5372 Previous.clear(); 5373 5374 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5375 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5376 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5377 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5378 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5379 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5380 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5381 Previous.clear(); 5382 5383 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5384 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5385 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5386 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5387 5388 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5389 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5390 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5391 // template, declared in namespace scope 5392 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5393 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5394 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5395 return nullptr; 5396 } 5397 5398 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5399 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5400 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5401 return nullptr; 5402 } 5403 } 5404 5405 NamedDecl *New; 5406 5407 bool AddToScope = true; 5408 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5409 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5410 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5411 return nullptr; 5412 } 5413 5414 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5415 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5416 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5417 TemplateParamLists, 5418 AddToScope); 5419 } else { 5420 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5421 AddToScope); 5422 } 5423 5424 if (!New) 5425 return nullptr; 5426 5427 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5428 // add it to the scope stack. 5429 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5430 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5431 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5432 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5433 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5434 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5435 if (!AddToContext) 5436 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5437 } 5438 5439 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5440 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5441 5442 return New; 5443 } 5444 5445 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5446 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5447 /// GCC compatibility). 5448 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5449 ASTContext &Context, 5450 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5451 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5452 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5453 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5454 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5455 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5456 SizeIsNegative = false; 5457 Oversized = 0; 5458 5459 if (T->isDependentType()) 5460 return QualType(); 5461 5462 QualifierCollector Qs; 5463 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5464 5465 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5466 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5467 QualType FixedType = 5468 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5469 Oversized); 5470 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5471 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5472 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5473 } 5474 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5475 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5476 QualType FixedType = 5477 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5478 Oversized); 5479 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5480 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5481 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5482 } 5483 5484 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5485 if (!VLATy) 5486 return QualType(); 5487 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5488 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5489 return QualType(); 5490 5491 llvm::APSInt Res; 5492 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5493 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5494 return QualType(); 5495 5496 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5497 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5498 SizeIsNegative = true; 5499 return QualType(); 5500 } 5501 5502 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5503 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5504 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5505 Res); 5506 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5507 Oversized = Res; 5508 return QualType(); 5509 } 5510 5511 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5512 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5513 } 5514 5515 static void 5516 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5517 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5518 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5519 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5520 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5521 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5522 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5523 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5524 return; 5525 } 5526 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5527 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5528 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5529 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5530 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5531 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5532 return; 5533 } 5534 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5535 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5536 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5537 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5538 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5539 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5540 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5541 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5542 } 5543 5544 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5545 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5546 /// GCC compatibility). 5547 static TypeSourceInfo* 5548 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5549 ASTContext &Context, 5550 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5551 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5552 QualType FixedTy 5553 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5554 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5555 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5556 return nullptr; 5557 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5558 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5559 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5560 return FixedTInfo; 5561 } 5562 5563 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5564 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5565 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5566 /// function-scope declarations. 5567 void 5568 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5569 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5570 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5571 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5572 return; 5573 5574 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5575 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5576 } 5577 5578 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5579 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5580 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5581 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5582 } 5583 5584 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5585 /// does not identify a function. 5586 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5587 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5588 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5589 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5590 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5591 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5592 5593 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5594 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5595 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5596 5597 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5598 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5599 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5600 } 5601 5602 NamedDecl* 5603 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5604 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5605 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5606 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5607 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5608 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5609 D.setInvalidType(); 5610 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5611 DC = CurContext; 5612 Previous.clear(); 5613 } 5614 5615 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5616 5617 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5618 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5619 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5620 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5621 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5622 << 1; 5623 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5624 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5625 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5626 5627 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5628 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5629 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5630 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5631 << "typedef"; 5632 else 5633 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5634 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5635 return nullptr; 5636 } 5637 5638 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5639 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5640 5641 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5642 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5643 5644 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5645 5646 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5647 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5648 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5649 return ND; 5650 } 5651 5652 void 5653 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5654 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5655 // then it shall have block scope. 5656 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5657 // that redeclarations will match. 5658 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5659 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5660 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5661 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5662 5663 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5664 bool SizeIsNegative; 5665 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5666 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5667 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5668 SizeIsNegative, 5669 Oversized); 5670 if (FixedTInfo) { 5671 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5672 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5673 } else { 5674 if (SizeIsNegative) 5675 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5676 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5677 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5678 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5679 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5680 << Oversized.toString(10); 5681 else 5682 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5683 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5684 } 5685 } 5686 } 5687 } 5688 5689 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5690 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5691 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5692 NamedDecl* 5693 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5694 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5695 5696 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5697 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5698 5699 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5700 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5701 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5702 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5703 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5704 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5705 Redeclaration = true; 5706 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5707 } 5708 5709 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5710 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5711 5712 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5713 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5714 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5715 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5716 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5717 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5718 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5719 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5720 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5721 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5722 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5723 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5724 } 5725 5726 return NewTD; 5727 } 5728 5729 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5730 /// previous declaration. 5731 /// 5732 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5733 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5734 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5735 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5736 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5737 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5738 /// 5739 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5740 /// lookup 5741 /// 5742 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5743 /// declared. 5744 /// 5745 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5746 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5747 static bool 5748 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5749 ASTContext &Context) { 5750 if (!PrevDecl) 5751 return false; 5752 5753 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5754 return false; 5755 5756 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5757 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5758 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5759 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5760 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5761 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5762 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5763 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5764 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5765 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5766 return false; 5767 5768 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5769 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5770 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5771 return false; 5772 5773 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5774 // previous declarations. 5775 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5776 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5777 5778 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5779 // isn't the same function. 5780 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5781 return false; 5782 } 5783 5784 return true; 5785 } 5786 5787 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5788 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5789 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5790 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5791 } 5792 5793 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5794 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5795 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5796 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5797 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5798 unsigned kind = -1U; 5799 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5800 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5801 kind = 0; // __block 5802 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5803 kind = 1; // global 5804 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5805 kind = 3; // ivar 5806 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5807 kind = 2; // field 5808 } 5809 5810 if (kind != -1U) { 5811 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5812 << kind; 5813 } 5814 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5815 // Try to infer lifetime. 5816 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5817 return false; 5818 5819 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5820 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5821 decl->setType(type); 5822 } 5823 5824 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5825 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5826 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5827 var->getTLSKind()) { 5828 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5829 << var->getType(); 5830 return true; 5831 } 5832 } 5833 5834 return false; 5835 } 5836 5837 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5838 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5839 // the wrong linkage. 5840 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5841 5842 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5843 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5844 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5845 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5846 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5847 } 5848 } 5849 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5850 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5851 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5852 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5853 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5854 } 5855 } 5856 5857 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5858 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5859 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5860 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5861 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5862 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5863 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5864 } 5865 } 5866 } 5867 5868 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5869 // It does not apply to functions. 5870 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5871 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5872 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5873 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5874 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5875 } 5876 } 5877 5878 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5879 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5880 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5881 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5882 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5883 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5884 << &ND << Attr; 5885 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5886 } 5887 } 5888 5889 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5890 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5891 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5892 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5893 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5894 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5895 << Attr; 5896 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5897 } 5898 } 5899 5900 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5901 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5902 bool IsSpecialization, 5903 bool IsDefinition) { 5904 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5905 return; 5906 5907 bool IsTemplate = false; 5908 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5909 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5910 IsTemplate = true; 5911 if (!IsSpecialization) 5912 IsDefinition = false; 5913 } 5914 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5915 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5916 IsTemplate = true; 5917 } 5918 5919 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5920 return; 5921 5922 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5923 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5924 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5925 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5926 5927 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5928 // inherited attribute instances. 5929 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5930 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5931 5932 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5933 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5934 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5935 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5936 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5937 5938 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5939 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5940 bool JustWarn = false; 5941 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5942 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5943 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5944 JustWarn = true; 5945 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5946 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5947 JustWarn = true; 5948 } 5949 5950 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5951 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5952 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5953 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5954 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5955 JustWarn = false; 5956 5957 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5958 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5959 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5960 << NewDecl 5961 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5962 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5963 if (!JustWarn) { 5964 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5965 return; 5966 } 5967 } 5968 5969 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5970 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5971 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5972 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5973 // it were marked dllexport. 5974 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5975 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5976 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5977 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5978 // separately. 5979 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5980 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5981 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5982 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5983 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5984 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5985 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5986 } 5987 5988 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5989 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5990 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5991 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5992 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5993 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5994 << NewDecl; 5995 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5996 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5997 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5998 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5999 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6000 } else { 6001 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6002 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6003 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6004 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6005 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6006 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6007 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6008 } 6009 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6010 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 6011 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6012 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6013 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6014 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6015 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6020 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6021 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6022 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6023 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6024 6025 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6026 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6027 6028 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6029 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6030 return false; 6031 6032 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6033 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6034 } 6035 6036 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6037 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6038 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6039 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6040 /// 6041 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6042 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6043 /// 6044 /// For instance: 6045 /// 6046 /// auto x = []{}; 6047 /// 6048 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6049 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6050 /// 6051 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6052 template<typename T> 6053 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6054 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6055 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6056 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6057 return false; 6058 6059 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6060 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6061 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6062 return false; 6063 } 6064 return D->isExternC(); 6065 } 6066 6067 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6068 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6069 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6070 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6071 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6072 return true; 6073 if (DC->isRecord()) 6074 return false; 6075 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6076 } 6077 6078 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6079 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6080 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6081 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6082 return true; 6083 if (DC->isRecord()) 6084 return false; 6085 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6086 } 6087 6088 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 6089 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6090 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 6091 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 6092 return true; 6093 return false; 6094 } 6095 6096 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6097 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6098 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6099 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 6100 return true; 6101 6102 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6103 // position to the decl itself. 6104 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6105 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 6106 return true; 6107 } 6108 6109 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6110 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 6111 } 6112 6113 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6114 /// function-local external declaration. 6115 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6116 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6117 return false; 6118 6119 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6120 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6121 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6122 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6123 return true; 6124 6125 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6126 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6127 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6128 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6129 // 6130 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6131 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6132 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6133 DC = DC->getParent(); 6134 return true; 6135 } 6136 6137 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6138 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6139 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6140 return FD->isExternC(); 6141 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6142 return VD->isExternC(); 6143 6144 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6145 } 6146 6147 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6148 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6149 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6150 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6151 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6152 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6153 6154 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6155 6156 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6157 AddToScope = false; 6158 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6159 // purposes. 6160 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6161 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6162 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6163 Name = II; 6164 } 6165 } else if (!II) { 6166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6167 return nullptr; 6168 } 6169 6170 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6171 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6172 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6173 // argument. 6174 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6175 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6176 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6177 << R; 6178 D.setInvalidType(); 6179 return nullptr; 6180 } 6181 6182 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6183 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6184 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6185 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6186 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6187 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6188 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6189 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6190 D.setInvalidType(); 6191 return nullptr; 6192 } 6193 } 6194 6195 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6196 QualType NR = R; 6197 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6198 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6199 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6200 D.setInvalidType(); 6201 break; 6202 } 6203 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6204 } 6205 6206 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6207 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6208 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6209 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6210 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6211 D.setInvalidType(); 6212 } 6213 } 6214 6215 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6216 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6217 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6218 // space qualifiers. 6219 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6220 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6221 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6222 } 6223 6224 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6225 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6226 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6227 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6228 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6229 R.isConstQualified())) { 6230 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6231 D.setInvalidType(); 6232 } 6233 } 6234 6235 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6236 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6237 // address space qualifiers. 6238 if (R->isEventT()) { 6239 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6240 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6241 D.setInvalidType(); 6242 } 6243 } 6244 } 6245 6246 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6247 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6248 6249 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6250 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6251 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6252 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6253 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6254 SC = SC_Extern; 6255 6256 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6257 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6258 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6259 6260 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6261 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6262 // an error here 6263 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6264 D.setInvalidType(); 6265 SC = SC_None; 6266 } 6267 6268 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6269 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6270 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6271 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6272 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6273 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6274 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6275 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6276 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6277 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6278 } 6279 6280 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6281 6282 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6283 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6284 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6285 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6286 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6287 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6288 D.setInvalidType(); 6289 } 6290 } 6291 6292 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6293 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6294 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6295 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6296 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6297 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6298 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6299 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6300 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6301 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6302 R, TInfo, SC); 6303 6304 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6305 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6306 6307 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6308 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6309 } else { 6310 bool Invalid = false; 6311 6312 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6313 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6314 switch (SC) { 6315 case SC_None: 6316 break; 6317 case SC_Static: 6318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6319 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6321 break; 6322 case SC_Auto: 6323 case SC_Register: 6324 case SC_Extern: 6325 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6326 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6327 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6328 // of class members 6329 6330 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6331 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6333 break; 6334 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6335 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6336 } 6337 } 6338 6339 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6340 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6341 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6342 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6343 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6344 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6345 6346 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6347 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6348 if (RD->isUnion()) 6349 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6350 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6351 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6352 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6353 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6354 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6355 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6356 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6357 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6358 } 6359 } 6360 6361 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6362 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6363 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6364 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6365 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6366 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6367 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6368 : nullptr, 6369 TemplateParamLists, 6370 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6371 6372 if (TemplateParams) { 6373 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6374 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6375 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6376 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6377 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6378 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6379 << II 6380 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6381 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6382 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6383 } else { 6384 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6385 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6386 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6387 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6388 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6389 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6390 // This is a template declaration. 6391 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6392 6393 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6394 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6395 return nullptr; 6396 6397 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6398 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6399 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6400 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6401 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6402 } 6403 } 6404 } else { 6405 assert( 6406 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6407 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6408 } 6409 6410 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6411 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6412 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6413 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6414 : SourceLocation(); 6415 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6416 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6417 IsPartialSpecialization); 6418 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6419 return nullptr; 6420 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6421 AddToScope = false; 6422 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6423 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6424 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6425 Bindings); 6426 } else 6427 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6428 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6429 6430 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6431 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6432 NewTemplate = 6433 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6434 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6435 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6436 } 6437 6438 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6439 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6440 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6441 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6442 6443 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6444 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6445 if (NewTemplate) 6446 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6447 } 6448 6449 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6450 6451 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6452 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6453 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6454 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6455 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6456 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6457 6458 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6459 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6460 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6461 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6462 // implicitly an inline variable. 6463 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6464 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6465 } 6466 6467 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6468 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6469 VTD->setConcept(); 6470 6471 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6472 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6473 // specifiers, [...] 6474 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6475 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6476 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6477 << 0 << 0; 6478 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6479 } 6480 6481 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6482 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6483 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6484 << 0 << 3; 6485 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6486 } 6487 6488 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6489 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6490 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6491 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6492 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6493 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6494 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6495 } 6496 6497 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6498 // following restrictions: 6499 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6500 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6501 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6502 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6503 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6504 } 6505 } 6506 } 6507 6508 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6509 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6510 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6511 << 0; 6512 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6513 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6514 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6515 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6516 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6517 } else { 6518 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6519 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6520 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6521 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6522 } 6523 } 6524 6525 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6526 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6527 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6528 if (NewTemplate) 6529 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6530 6531 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6532 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6533 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6534 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6535 else 6536 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6537 } 6538 6539 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6540 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6541 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6542 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6543 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6544 // explicitly. 6545 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6546 // 'extern'. 6547 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6548 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6549 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6550 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6551 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6552 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6553 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6554 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6555 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6556 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6557 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6558 // error should be ignored. 6559 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6560 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6561 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6562 // to emit any code for it. 6563 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6564 } else 6565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6566 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6567 } else 6568 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6569 } 6570 6571 // C99 6.7.4p3 6572 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6573 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6574 // thread storage duration... 6575 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6576 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6577 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6578 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6579 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6580 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6581 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6582 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6583 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6584 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6585 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6586 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6587 } 6588 } 6589 6590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6591 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6592 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6593 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6594 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6595 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6596 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6597 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6598 << 2 6599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6600 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6601 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6602 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6603 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6605 else { 6606 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6607 if (NewTemplate) 6608 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6609 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6610 B->setModulePrivate(); 6611 } 6612 } 6613 6614 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6615 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6616 6617 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6618 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6619 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6620 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6621 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6623 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6624 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6625 // storage [duration]." 6626 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6627 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6628 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6629 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6634 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6635 // check the VarDecl itself. 6636 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6637 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6638 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6639 6640 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6641 // retainable type. 6642 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6643 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6644 6645 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6646 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6647 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6648 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6649 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6650 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6651 switch (SC) { 6652 case SC_None: 6653 case SC_Auto: 6654 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6655 break; 6656 case SC_Register: 6657 // Local Named register 6658 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6659 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6660 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6661 break; 6662 case SC_Static: 6663 case SC_Extern: 6664 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6665 break; 6666 } 6667 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6668 // Global Named register 6669 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6670 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6671 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6672 6673 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6674 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6675 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6676 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6677 HasSizeMismatch)) 6678 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6679 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6680 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6681 } 6682 6683 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6684 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6685 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6686 } 6687 } 6688 6689 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6690 Context, Label, 0)); 6691 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6692 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6693 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6694 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6695 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6696 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6697 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6698 } else 6699 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6700 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6701 } 6702 } 6703 6704 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6705 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6706 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6707 : nullptr; 6708 6709 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6710 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6711 // declaration has linkage). 6712 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6713 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6714 IsMemberSpecialization || 6715 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6716 6717 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6718 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6719 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6720 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6721 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6722 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6723 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6724 6725 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6726 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6727 } else { 6728 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6729 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6730 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6731 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6732 6733 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6734 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6735 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6736 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6737 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6738 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6739 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6740 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6741 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6742 Previous.clear(); 6743 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6744 } 6745 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6746 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6747 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6748 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6749 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6750 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6751 } 6752 6753 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6754 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6755 6756 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6757 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6758 // concept definition. 6759 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6760 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6761 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6762 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6763 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6764 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6765 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6766 << 1 /*variable*/ 6767 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6768 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6769 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6770 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6771 } 6772 } 6773 } 6774 6775 if (NewTemplate) { 6776 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6777 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6778 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6779 : nullptr; 6780 6781 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6782 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6783 // template declaration. 6784 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6785 TemplateParams, 6786 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6787 : nullptr, 6788 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6789 DC->isDependentContext()) 6790 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6791 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6792 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6793 6794 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6795 // template, make a note of that. 6796 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6797 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6798 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6799 } 6800 } 6801 6802 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6803 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6804 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6805 6806 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6807 6808 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6809 // the map of such variables. 6810 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6811 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6812 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6813 6814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6815 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6816 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6817 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6818 Context.setManglingNumber( 6819 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6820 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6821 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6822 } 6823 } 6824 6825 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6826 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6827 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6828 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6829 6830 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6831 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6833 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6834 6835 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6836 // behavior. 6837 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6838 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6839 } 6840 6841 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6842 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6843 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6844 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6845 } 6846 6847 if (NewTemplate) { 6848 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6849 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6850 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6851 return NewTemplate; 6852 } 6853 6854 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6855 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6856 6857 return NewVD; 6858 } 6859 6860 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6861 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6862 SDK_Local, 6863 SDK_Global, 6864 SDK_StaticMember, 6865 SDK_Field, 6866 SDK_Typedef, 6867 SDK_Using 6868 }; 6869 6870 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6871 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6872 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6873 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6874 return SDK_Using; 6875 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6876 return SDK_Typedef; 6877 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6878 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6879 6880 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6881 } 6882 6883 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6884 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6885 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6886 const VarDecl *VD) { 6887 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6888 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6889 return Capture.getLocation(); 6890 } 6891 return SourceLocation(); 6892 } 6893 6894 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6895 const LookupResult &R) { 6896 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6897 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6898 return false; 6899 6900 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6901 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6902 } 6903 6904 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6905 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6906 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6907 const LookupResult &R) { 6908 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6909 return nullptr; 6910 6911 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6912 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6913 return nullptr; 6914 6915 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6916 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6917 ? ShadowedDecl 6918 : nullptr; 6919 } 6920 6921 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6922 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6923 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6924 const LookupResult &R) { 6925 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6926 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6927 return nullptr; 6928 6929 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6930 return nullptr; 6931 6932 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6933 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6934 } 6935 6936 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6937 /// -Wshadow. 6938 /// 6939 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6940 /// scope. 6941 /// 6942 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6943 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6944 /// 6945 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6946 const LookupResult &R) { 6947 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6948 6949 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6950 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6951 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6952 if (MD->isStatic()) 6953 return; 6954 6955 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6956 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6957 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6958 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6959 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6960 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6961 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6962 return; 6963 } 6964 } 6965 6966 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6967 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6968 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6969 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6970 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6971 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6972 ShadowedDecl = I; 6973 break; 6974 } 6975 } 6976 6977 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6978 6979 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6980 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6981 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6982 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6983 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6984 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6985 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6986 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6987 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6988 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6989 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6990 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6991 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6992 } else { 6993 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6994 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6995 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6996 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6997 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6998 return; 6999 } 7000 } 7001 7002 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7003 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7004 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7005 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7006 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7007 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7008 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7009 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7010 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7011 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7012 return; 7013 } 7014 } 7015 } 7016 } 7017 } 7018 7019 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7020 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7021 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7022 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7023 return; 7024 7025 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7026 // static data members from base classes? 7027 7028 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7029 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7030 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7031 } 7032 7033 7034 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7035 7036 // Emit warning and note. 7037 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7038 return; 7039 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7040 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7041 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7042 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7043 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7044 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7045 } 7046 7047 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7048 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7049 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7050 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7051 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7052 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7053 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7054 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7055 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7056 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7057 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7058 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7059 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7060 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7061 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7062 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7063 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7064 } 7065 } 7066 7067 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7068 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7069 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7070 return; 7071 7072 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7073 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7074 LookupName(R, S); 7075 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7076 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7077 } 7078 7079 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7080 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7081 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7082 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7083 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7084 return; 7085 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7086 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7087 if (!DRE) 7088 return; 7089 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7090 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7091 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7092 return; 7093 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7094 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7095 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7096 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7097 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7098 7099 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7100 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7101 } 7102 7103 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7104 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7105 template<typename T> 7106 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7107 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7108 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7109 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7110 7111 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7112 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7113 // declaration. 7114 return false; 7115 } 7116 7117 if (Prev) { 7118 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7119 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7120 // redeclaration. 7121 Previous.clear(); 7122 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7123 return true; 7124 } 7125 7126 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7127 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7128 // declaration. 7129 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7130 return false; 7131 } else { 7132 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7133 // translation unit which might conflict. 7134 if (IsGlobal) { 7135 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7136 IsGlobal = false; 7137 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7138 I != E; ++I) { 7139 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7140 Prev = *I; 7141 break; 7142 } 7143 } 7144 } else { 7145 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7146 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7147 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7148 I != E; ++I) { 7149 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7150 Prev = *I; 7151 break; 7152 } 7153 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7154 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7155 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7156 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7157 // diagnostic. 7158 } 7159 } 7160 7161 if (!Prev) 7162 return false; 7163 } 7164 7165 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7166 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7167 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7168 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7169 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7170 else 7171 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7172 7173 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7174 << IsGlobal << ND; 7175 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7176 << IsGlobal; 7177 return false; 7178 } 7179 7180 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7181 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7182 /// 7183 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7184 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7185 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7186 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7187 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7188 template<typename T> 7189 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7190 LookupResult &Previous) { 7191 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7192 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7193 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7194 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7195 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7196 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7197 Previous.clear(); 7198 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7199 return true; 7200 } 7201 } 7202 return false; 7203 } 7204 7205 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7206 // declaration. 7207 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7208 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7209 7210 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7211 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7212 // in another scope. 7213 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7214 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7215 7216 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7217 return false; 7218 } 7219 7220 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7221 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7222 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7223 return; 7224 7225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7226 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7227 7228 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7229 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7230 return; 7231 7232 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7233 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7234 7235 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7236 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7237 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7238 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7239 NewVD->setType(T); 7240 } 7241 7242 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7243 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7244 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7245 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7246 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7247 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7248 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7249 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7250 return; 7251 } 7252 7253 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7254 // scope. 7255 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7256 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7257 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7258 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7259 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7260 return; 7261 } 7262 7263 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7264 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7265 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7266 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7267 return; 7268 } 7269 7270 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7271 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7272 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7273 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7274 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7275 << 0 /*const*/; 7276 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7277 return; 7278 } 7279 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7280 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7281 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7282 return; 7283 } 7284 } 7285 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7286 // __constant address space. 7287 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7288 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7289 // address space. 7290 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7291 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7292 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7293 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7294 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7295 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7296 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7297 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7298 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7299 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7300 else 7301 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7302 << Scope << "constant"; 7303 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7304 return; 7305 } 7306 } else { 7307 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7308 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7309 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7310 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7311 return; 7312 } 7313 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7314 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7315 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7316 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7317 // in functions. 7318 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7319 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7321 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7322 else 7323 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7324 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7325 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7326 return; 7327 } 7328 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7329 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7330 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7331 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7332 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7333 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7334 << "constant"; 7335 else 7336 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7337 << "local"; 7338 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7339 return; 7340 } 7341 } 7342 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7343 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7344 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7345 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7346 return; 7347 } 7348 } 7349 } 7350 7351 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7352 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7353 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7354 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7355 else { 7356 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7357 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7358 } 7359 } 7360 7361 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7362 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7363 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7364 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7365 7366 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7367 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7368 bool SizeIsNegative; 7369 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7370 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7371 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7372 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7373 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7374 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7375 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7376 // int a[10][n]; 7377 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7378 7379 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7380 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7381 << SizeRange; 7382 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7383 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7384 << SizeRange; 7385 else 7386 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7387 << SizeRange; 7388 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7389 return; 7390 } 7391 7392 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7393 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7394 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7395 else 7396 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7397 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7398 return; 7399 } 7400 7401 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7402 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7403 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7404 } 7405 7406 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7407 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7408 // of objects and functions. 7409 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7410 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7411 << T; 7412 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7413 return; 7414 } 7415 } 7416 7417 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7418 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7419 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7420 return; 7421 } 7422 7423 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7424 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7425 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7426 return; 7427 } 7428 7429 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7430 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7431 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7432 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7433 return; 7434 } 7435 } 7436 7437 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7438 /// declaration. 7439 /// 7440 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7441 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7442 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7443 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7444 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7445 /// 7446 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7447 /// 7448 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7449 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7450 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7451 7452 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7453 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7454 return false; 7455 7456 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7457 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7458 if (Previous.empty() && 7459 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7460 Previous.setShadowed(); 7461 7462 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7463 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7464 return true; 7465 } 7466 return false; 7467 } 7468 7469 namespace { 7470 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7471 Sema *S; 7472 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7473 7474 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7475 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7476 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7477 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7478 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7479 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7480 7481 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7482 7483 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7484 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7485 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7486 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7487 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7488 7489 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7490 } 7491 7492 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7493 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7494 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7495 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7496 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7497 return true; 7498 } 7499 } 7500 7501 return false; 7502 } 7503 }; 7504 7505 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7506 } // end anonymous namespace 7507 7508 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7509 /// overriden methods. 7510 /// 7511 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7512 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7513 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7514 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7515 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7516 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7517 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7518 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7519 I != E; ++I) { 7520 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7521 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7522 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7523 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7524 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7525 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7526 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7527 } 7528 } 7529 7530 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7531 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7532 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7533 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7534 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7535 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7536 FOM.Method = MD; 7537 FOM.S = this; 7538 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7539 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7540 bool AddedAny = false; 7541 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7542 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7543 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7544 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7545 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7546 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7547 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7548 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7549 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7550 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7551 AddedAny = true; 7552 } 7553 } 7554 } 7555 } 7556 7557 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7558 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7559 } 7560 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7561 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7562 } 7563 7564 return AddedAny; 7565 } 7566 7567 namespace { 7568 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7569 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7570 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7571 Scope *S; 7572 Declarator &D; 7573 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7574 bool AddToScope; 7575 }; 7576 } // end anonymous namespace 7577 7578 namespace { 7579 7580 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7581 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7582 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7583 public: 7584 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7585 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7586 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7587 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7588 7589 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7590 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7591 return false; 7592 7593 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7594 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7595 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7596 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7597 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7598 7599 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7600 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7601 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7602 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7603 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7604 return true; 7605 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7606 return true; 7607 } 7608 } 7609 } 7610 7611 return false; 7612 } 7613 7614 private: 7615 ASTContext &Context; 7616 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7617 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7618 }; 7619 7620 } // end anonymous namespace 7621 7622 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7623 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7624 } 7625 7626 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7627 /// 7628 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7629 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7630 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7631 /// the same name. 7632 /// 7633 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7634 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7635 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7636 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7637 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7638 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7639 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7640 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7641 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7642 TypoCorrection Correction; 7643 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7644 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7645 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7646 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7647 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7648 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7649 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7650 7651 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7652 if (IsLocalFriend) 7653 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7654 else 7655 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7656 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7657 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7658 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7659 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7660 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7661 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7662 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7663 if (FD && 7664 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7665 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7666 // involve a parameter 7667 unsigned ParamNum = 7668 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7669 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7670 } 7671 } 7672 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7673 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7674 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7675 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7676 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7677 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7678 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7679 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7680 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7681 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7682 Previous.clear(); 7683 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7684 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7685 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7686 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7687 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7688 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7689 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7690 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7691 } 7692 } 7693 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7694 7695 NamedDecl *Result; 7696 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7697 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7698 { 7699 // Trap errors. 7700 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7701 7702 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7703 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7704 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7705 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7706 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7707 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7708 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7709 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7710 7711 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7712 Result = nullptr; 7713 } 7714 7715 if (Result) { 7716 // Determine which correction we picked. 7717 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7718 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7719 I != E; ++I) 7720 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7721 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7722 7723 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7724 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7725 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7726 Correction, 7727 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7728 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7729 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7730 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7731 return Result; 7732 } 7733 7734 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7735 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7736 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7737 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7738 Previous.clear(); 7739 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7740 } 7741 7742 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7743 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7744 7745 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7746 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7747 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7748 7749 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7750 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7751 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7752 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7753 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7754 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7755 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7756 7757 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7758 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7759 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7760 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7761 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7762 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7763 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7764 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7765 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7766 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7767 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7768 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7769 } else 7770 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7771 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7772 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7773 } 7774 return nullptr; 7775 } 7776 7777 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7778 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7779 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7780 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7781 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7782 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7783 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7784 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7785 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7786 D.setInvalidType(); 7787 break; 7788 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7789 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7790 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7791 return SC_None; 7792 return SC_Extern; 7793 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7794 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7795 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7796 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7797 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7798 // other than extern 7799 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7800 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7801 diag::err_static_block_func); 7802 break; 7803 } else 7804 return SC_Static; 7805 } 7806 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7807 } 7808 7809 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7810 return SC_None; 7811 } 7812 7813 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7814 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7816 StorageClass SC, 7817 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7818 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7819 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7820 7821 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7822 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7823 7824 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7825 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7826 // prototype. This true when: 7827 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7828 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7829 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7830 // function type). 7831 bool HasPrototype = 7832 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7833 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7834 7835 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7836 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7837 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7838 HasPrototype, false); 7839 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7840 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7841 7842 return NewFD; 7843 } 7844 7845 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7846 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7847 7848 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7849 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7850 // the class has been completely parsed. 7851 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7852 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7853 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7854 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7855 D.setInvalidType(); 7856 7857 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7858 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7859 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7860 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7861 7862 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7863 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7864 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7865 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7866 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7867 isConstexpr); 7868 7869 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7870 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7871 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7872 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7873 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7874 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7875 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7876 D.getLocStart(), 7877 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7878 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7879 7880 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7881 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7882 // it yet. 7883 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7884 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7885 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7886 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7887 } 7888 7889 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7890 return NewDD; 7891 7892 } else { 7893 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7894 D.setInvalidType(); 7895 7896 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7897 // code path. 7898 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7899 D.getLocStart(), 7900 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7901 SC, isInline, 7902 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7903 } 7904 7905 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7906 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7907 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7908 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7909 return nullptr; 7910 } 7911 7912 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7913 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7914 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7915 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7916 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7917 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7918 7919 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7920 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7921 7922 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7923 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7924 D.getLocEnd()); 7925 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7926 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7927 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7928 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7929 // constructor if it has no return type). 7930 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7931 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7932 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7933 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7934 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7935 return nullptr; 7936 } 7937 7938 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7939 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7940 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7941 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7942 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7943 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7944 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7945 return Ret; 7946 } else { 7947 bool isFriend = 7948 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7949 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7950 return nullptr; 7951 7952 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7953 // prototype. This true when: 7954 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7955 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7956 D.getLocStart(), 7957 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7958 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7959 } 7960 } 7961 7962 enum OpenCLParamType { 7963 ValidKernelParam, 7964 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7965 PtrKernelParam, 7966 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7967 InvalidKernelParam, 7968 RecordKernelParam 7969 }; 7970 7971 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7972 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7973 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7974 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7975 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7976 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7977 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7978 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7979 return PtrKernelParam; 7980 } 7981 7982 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7983 // be used as builtin types. 7984 7985 if (PT->isImageType()) 7986 return PtrKernelParam; 7987 7988 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 7989 return InvalidKernelParam; 7990 7991 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7992 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7993 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7994 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7995 return InvalidKernelParam; 7996 7997 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7998 return RecordKernelParam; 7999 8000 return ValidKernelParam; 8001 } 8002 8003 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8004 Sema &S, 8005 Declarator &D, 8006 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8007 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8008 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8009 8010 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8011 // used again 8012 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8013 return; 8014 8015 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8016 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8017 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8018 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8019 // pointer to a pointer type. 8020 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8021 D.setInvalidType(); 8022 return; 8023 8024 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8025 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8026 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8027 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8028 // __constant. 8029 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8030 D.setInvalidType(); 8031 return; 8032 8033 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8034 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8035 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8036 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8037 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8038 8039 case InvalidKernelParam: 8040 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8041 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8042 // of event_t type. 8043 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8044 // type for any function elsewhere. 8045 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 8046 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8047 D.setInvalidType(); 8048 return; 8049 8050 case PtrKernelParam: 8051 case ValidKernelParam: 8052 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8053 return; 8054 8055 case RecordKernelParam: 8056 break; 8057 } 8058 8059 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8060 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8061 8062 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8063 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8064 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8065 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8066 8067 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8068 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 8069 8070 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8071 8072 do { 8073 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8074 if (!Next) { 8075 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8076 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8077 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8078 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8079 8080 continue; 8081 } 8082 8083 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8084 // field itself) to the history stack. 8085 const RecordDecl *RD; 8086 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8087 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8088 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8089 } else { 8090 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8091 } 8092 8093 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8094 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8095 8096 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8097 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8098 8099 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8100 continue; 8101 8102 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8103 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8104 continue; 8105 8106 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8107 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8108 continue; 8109 } 8110 8111 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8112 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8113 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8114 // union. 8115 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8116 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8117 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8118 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8119 << PT->isUnionType() 8120 << PT; 8121 } else { 8122 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8123 } 8124 8125 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8126 << PD->getDeclName(); 8127 8128 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8129 // the offending field came from 8130 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8131 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8132 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8133 I != E; ++I) { 8134 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8135 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8136 << OuterField->getType(); 8137 } 8138 8139 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8140 << QT->isPointerType() 8141 << QT; 8142 D.setInvalidType(); 8143 return; 8144 } 8145 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8146 } 8147 8148 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8149 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8150 /// nothing. 8151 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8152 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8153 DC = DC->getParent(); 8154 return DC; 8155 } 8156 8157 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8158 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8159 /// nothing. 8160 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8161 while (S->isClassScope() || 8162 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8163 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8164 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8165 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8166 S = S->getParent(); 8167 return S; 8168 } 8169 8170 NamedDecl* 8171 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8172 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8173 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8174 bool &AddToScope) { 8175 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8176 8177 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 8178 8179 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8180 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8181 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8182 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8183 8184 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8185 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8186 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8187 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8188 8189 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8190 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8191 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8192 8193 bool isFriend = false; 8194 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8195 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8196 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8197 8198 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8199 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8200 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8201 8202 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8203 8204 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8205 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8206 8207 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8208 isVirtualOkay); 8209 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8210 8211 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8212 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8213 8214 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8215 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8216 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8217 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8218 8219 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8220 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8221 8222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8223 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8224 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8225 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8226 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8227 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8228 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8229 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8230 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8231 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8232 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8233 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8234 } 8235 8236 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8237 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8238 // return true). 8239 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8240 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8241 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8242 NewFD->setPure(true); 8243 8244 // C++ [class.union]p2 8245 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8246 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8247 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8248 } 8249 8250 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8251 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8252 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8253 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8254 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8255 8256 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8257 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8258 bool Invalid = false; 8259 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8260 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8261 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8262 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8263 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8264 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8265 : nullptr, 8266 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8267 Invalid)) { 8268 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8269 // This is a function template 8270 8271 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8272 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8273 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8274 8275 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8276 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8277 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8278 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8279 } 8280 8281 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8282 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8283 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8284 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8285 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8286 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8287 Invalid = true; 8288 } 8289 8290 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8291 NewFD->getLocation(), 8292 Name, TemplateParams, 8293 NewFD); 8294 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8295 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8296 8297 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8298 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8299 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8300 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8301 } 8302 } else { 8303 // This is a function template specialization. 8304 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8305 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8306 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8307 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8308 8309 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8310 if (isFriend) { 8311 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8312 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8313 8314 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8315 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8316 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8317 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8318 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8319 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8320 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8321 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8322 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8323 } 8324 8325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8326 << Name << RemoveRange 8327 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8328 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8329 } 8330 } 8331 } 8332 else { 8333 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8334 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8335 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8336 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8337 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8338 } 8339 8340 if (Invalid) { 8341 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8342 if (FunctionTemplate) 8343 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8344 } 8345 8346 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8347 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8348 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8349 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8350 // 8351 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8352 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8353 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8354 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8355 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8356 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8357 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8358 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8359 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8360 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8361 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8362 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8363 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8364 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8365 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8366 } else { 8367 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8368 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8369 } 8370 8371 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8372 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8374 } 8375 8376 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8377 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8378 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8379 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8380 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8381 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8382 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8383 // thing to do. 8384 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8385 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8386 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8387 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8388 QualType Result = 8389 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8390 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8391 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8392 } 8393 8394 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8395 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8396 // declaration. 8397 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8398 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8399 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8400 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8401 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8403 } 8404 } 8405 8406 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8407 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8408 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8409 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8410 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8411 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8412 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8413 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8414 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8415 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8416 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8417 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8418 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8419 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8420 // or conversion function. 8421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8422 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8424 } 8425 } 8426 8427 if (isConstexpr) { 8428 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8429 // are implicitly inline. 8430 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8431 8432 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8433 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8434 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8435 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8436 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8437 } 8438 8439 if (isConcept) { 8440 // This is a function concept. 8441 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8442 FTD->setConcept(); 8443 8444 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8445 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8446 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8447 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8448 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8449 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8450 } 8451 8452 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8453 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8454 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8455 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8456 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8457 SourceRange Range; 8458 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8459 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8460 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8462 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8463 } else { 8464 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8465 } 8466 8467 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8468 // following restrictions: 8469 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8470 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8472 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8473 } 8474 8475 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8476 // following restrictions: 8477 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8478 // parameter list. 8479 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8480 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8481 } 8482 8483 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8484 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8485 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8486 8487 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8488 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8489 // specifiers, [...] 8490 if (isInline) { 8491 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8492 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8493 << 1 << 1; 8494 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8495 } 8496 8497 if (isFriend) { 8498 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8499 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8500 << 1 << 2; 8501 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8502 } 8503 8504 if (isConstexpr) { 8505 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8506 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8507 << 1 << 3; 8508 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8509 } 8510 8511 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8512 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8513 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8514 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8515 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8516 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8517 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8518 return NewFD; 8519 } 8520 } 8521 8522 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8523 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8524 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8525 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8526 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8527 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8528 << 0 8529 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8530 } else { 8531 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8532 if (FunctionTemplate) 8533 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8534 } 8535 } 8536 8537 if (isFriend) { 8538 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8539 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8540 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8541 } 8542 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8543 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8544 } 8545 8546 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8547 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8548 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8549 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8550 case FDK_Declaration: 8551 case FDK_Definition: 8552 break; 8553 8554 case FDK_Defaulted: 8555 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8556 break; 8557 8558 case FDK_Deleted: 8559 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8560 break; 8561 } 8562 8563 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8564 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8565 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8566 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8567 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8568 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8569 } 8570 8571 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8572 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8573 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8574 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8575 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8576 // the class. 8577 8578 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8579 // member function definition. 8580 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8581 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8583 } 8584 8585 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8586 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8587 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8588 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8589 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8590 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8591 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8592 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8593 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8594 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8595 } 8596 8597 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8598 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8599 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8600 isMemberSpecialization || 8601 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8602 8603 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8604 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8605 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8606 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8607 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8608 SE->getString(), 0)); 8609 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8610 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8611 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8612 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8613 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8614 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8615 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8616 } else 8617 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8618 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8619 } 8620 } 8621 8622 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8623 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8624 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8625 unsigned FTIIdx; 8626 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8627 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8628 8629 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8630 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8631 // single void argument. 8632 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8633 // already checks for that case. 8634 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8635 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8636 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8637 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8638 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8639 Params.push_back(Param); 8640 8641 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8642 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8643 } 8644 } 8645 8646 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8647 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8648 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8649 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8650 // the TU. 8651 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8652 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8653 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8654 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8655 8656 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8657 // instead. 8658 if (!TD) { 8659 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8660 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8661 } 8662 if (!TD) 8663 continue; 8664 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8665 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8666 continue; 8667 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8668 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8669 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8670 8671 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8672 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8673 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8674 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8675 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8676 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8677 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8678 } 8679 } 8680 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8681 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8682 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8683 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8684 // 8685 // @code 8686 // typedef void fn(int); 8687 // fn f; 8688 // @endcode 8689 8690 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8691 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8692 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8693 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8694 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8695 Params.push_back(Param); 8696 } 8697 } else { 8698 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8699 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8700 } 8701 8702 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8703 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8704 8705 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8706 NewFD->addAttr( 8707 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8708 Context, 0)); 8709 8710 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8711 // because all functions have linkage. 8712 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8713 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8714 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8715 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8716 } 8717 8718 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8719 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8720 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8721 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8722 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8723 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8724 } 8725 8726 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8727 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8728 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8729 NewFD->addAttr( 8730 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8731 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8732 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8733 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8734 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8735 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8736 NewFD)) 8737 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8738 } 8739 8740 // Handle attributes. 8741 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8742 8743 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8744 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8745 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8746 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8747 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8748 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8749 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8750 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8751 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8752 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8753 } 8754 } 8755 8756 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8757 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8758 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8759 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8760 8761 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8762 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8763 8764 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8765 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8766 isMemberSpecialization)); 8767 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8768 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8769 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8770 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8771 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8772 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8773 8774 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8775 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8776 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8777 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8778 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8779 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8780 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8781 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8782 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8783 int DiagID = 8784 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8785 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8786 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8787 } 8788 } 8789 } else { 8790 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8791 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8792 // 8793 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8794 // 8795 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8796 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8797 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8798 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8799 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8800 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8801 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8802 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8803 8804 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8805 // argument list into our AST format. 8806 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8807 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8808 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8809 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8810 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8811 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8812 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8813 TemplateArgs); 8814 8815 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8816 8817 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8818 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8819 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8820 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8821 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8822 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8823 8824 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8825 } else { 8826 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8827 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8828 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8829 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8830 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8831 } 8832 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8833 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8834 // wrote something like: 8835 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8836 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8837 // friend void foo<>(int); 8838 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8839 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8840 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8841 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8842 } 8843 8844 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8845 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8846 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8847 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8848 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8849 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8850 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8851 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8852 8853 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8854 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8855 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8856 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8857 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8858 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8859 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8860 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8861 TemplateArgs, 8862 InstantiationDependent))) { 8863 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8864 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8865 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8866 Previous)) 8867 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8868 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8869 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8870 && !isFriend) { 8871 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8872 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8873 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8874 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8875 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8876 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8877 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8878 : nullptr), 8879 Previous)) 8880 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8881 8882 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8883 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8884 // specialization (14.7.3) 8885 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8886 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8887 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8888 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8889 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8890 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8891 << SC 8892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8893 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8894 8895 else 8896 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8897 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8898 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8899 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8900 } 8901 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8902 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8903 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8904 } 8905 8906 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8907 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8908 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8909 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8910 8911 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8912 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8913 8914 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8915 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8916 isMemberSpecialization)); 8917 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8918 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8919 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8920 } 8921 8922 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8923 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8924 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8925 8926 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8927 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8928 : NewFD); 8929 8930 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8931 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8932 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8933 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8934 8935 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8936 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8937 } 8938 8939 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8940 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8941 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8942 8943 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8944 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8945 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8946 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8947 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8948 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8949 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8950 : nullptr, 8951 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8952 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8953 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8954 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8955 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8956 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8957 DC->isDependentContext()) 8958 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8959 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8960 } 8961 8962 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8963 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8964 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8965 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8966 AddToScope }; 8967 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8968 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8969 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8970 8971 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8972 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8973 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8974 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8975 8976 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8977 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8978 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8979 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8980 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8981 // can actually do this check immediately. 8982 if (isFriend && 8983 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8984 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8985 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8986 // ignore these 8987 } else { 8988 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8989 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8990 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8991 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8992 // 8993 // class X { 8994 // void f() const; 8995 // }; 8996 // 8997 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8998 // 8999 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9000 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9001 // whether the parameter types are references). 9002 9003 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9004 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9005 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9006 return Result; 9007 } 9008 } 9009 9010 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9011 // to something. 9012 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9013 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9014 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9015 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9016 return Result; 9017 } 9018 } 9019 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9020 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9021 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9022 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9023 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9024 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9025 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9026 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9027 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9028 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9029 // generate them. 9030 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9031 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9032 } 9033 } 9034 9035 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9036 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9037 9038 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9039 9040 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9041 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9042 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9043 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9044 << NewFD; 9045 9046 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9047 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9048 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9049 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9050 EPI.Variadic = true; 9051 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9052 9053 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9054 NewFD->setType(R); 9055 } 9056 9057 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9058 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9059 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9060 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9061 9062 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9063 // marking the function. 9064 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9065 9066 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9067 // a pragma. 9068 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9069 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9070 9071 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9072 // the map of such variables. 9073 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9074 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9075 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9076 9077 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9078 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9079 9080 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9081 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 9082 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 9083 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9084 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9085 } 9086 9087 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9088 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9089 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9090 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9091 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9092 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9093 9094 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9095 } 9096 9097 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9098 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9099 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9100 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9101 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9102 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9103 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9104 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9105 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9106 } 9107 } 9108 9109 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9110 9111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9112 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9113 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9114 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9115 return FunctionTemplate; 9116 } 9117 9118 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9119 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9120 } 9121 9122 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9123 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9124 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9125 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9126 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9127 D.setInvalidType(); 9128 } 9129 9130 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9131 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9132 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9133 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9134 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9135 : FixItHint()); 9136 D.setInvalidType(); 9137 } 9138 9139 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9140 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9141 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9142 } 9143 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9144 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9145 9146 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9147 // types. 9148 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9149 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9150 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9151 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9152 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9153 D.setInvalidType(); 9154 } 9155 } 9156 } 9157 } 9158 9159 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9160 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9161 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9162 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9163 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9164 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9165 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 9166 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9167 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9168 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9169 AddToScope = false; 9170 } 9171 9172 return NewFD; 9173 } 9174 9175 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9176 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9177 /// 9178 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9179 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9180 /// same declaration name. 9181 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9182 /// belongs to. 9183 /// 9184 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9185 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 9186 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 9187 // namespace scope. 9188 // 9189 // This allows to compile code like: 9190 // 9191 // void func(); 9192 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 9193 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 9194 // 9195 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 9196 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9197 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9198 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 9199 } 9200 9201 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9202 /// 9203 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9204 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9205 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9206 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9207 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9208 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9209 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9210 /// 9211 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9212 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9213 /// previous declaration). 9214 /// 9215 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9216 /// 9217 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9218 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9219 LookupResult &Previous, 9220 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9221 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9222 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9223 9224 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9225 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9226 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9227 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9228 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9229 9230 bool Redeclaration = false; 9231 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9232 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9233 9234 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9235 // the same name, if appropriate. 9236 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9237 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9238 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9239 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9240 // function to the scope. 9241 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9242 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9243 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9244 Redeclaration = true; 9245 OldDecl = Candidate; 9246 } 9247 } else { 9248 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9249 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9250 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9251 case Ovl_Match: 9252 Redeclaration = true; 9253 break; 9254 9255 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9256 Redeclaration = true; 9257 break; 9258 9259 case Ovl_Overload: 9260 Redeclaration = false; 9261 break; 9262 } 9263 } 9264 } 9265 9266 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9267 if (!Redeclaration && 9268 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9269 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9270 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9271 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9272 Redeclaration = true; 9273 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9274 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9275 9276 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9277 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9278 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9279 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9280 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9281 Redeclaration = false; 9282 OldDecl = nullptr; 9283 } 9284 } 9285 } 9286 } 9287 9288 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9289 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9290 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9291 // 9292 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9293 // definition of a static member function. 9294 // 9295 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9296 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9297 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9298 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9299 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9300 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9301 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9302 if (OldDecl) 9303 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9304 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9305 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9306 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9307 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9308 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9309 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9310 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9311 9312 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9313 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9314 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9315 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9316 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9317 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9318 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9319 9320 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9321 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9322 } 9323 } 9324 } 9325 9326 if (Redeclaration) { 9327 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9328 // merged. 9329 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9330 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9331 return Redeclaration; 9332 } 9333 9334 Previous.clear(); 9335 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9336 9337 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9338 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9339 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9340 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9341 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9342 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9343 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9344 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9345 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9346 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9347 } 9348 9349 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9350 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9351 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9352 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9353 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9354 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9355 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9356 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9357 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9358 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9359 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9360 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 9361 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9362 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 9363 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9364 } 9365 } 9366 9367 } else { 9368 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9369 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9370 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9371 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9372 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9373 } 9374 } 9375 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 9376 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9377 assert((Previous.empty() || 9378 llvm::any_of(Previous, 9379 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9380 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9381 })) && 9382 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 9383 9384 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9385 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 9386 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9387 }); 9388 9389 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 9390 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9391 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 9392 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 9393 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 9394 << false; 9395 9396 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9397 } 9398 } 9399 9400 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9401 9402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9403 // C++-specific checks. 9404 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9405 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9406 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9407 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9408 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9409 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9410 9411 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9412 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9413 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9414 DeclarationName Name 9415 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9416 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9417 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9418 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9419 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9420 return Redeclaration; 9421 } 9422 } 9423 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9424 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9425 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9426 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9427 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9428 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9429 9430 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9431 // explicitly specialized. 9432 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9433 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9434 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9435 } 9436 9437 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9438 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9439 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9440 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9441 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9442 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9443 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9444 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9445 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9446 } 9447 } 9448 } 9449 9450 if (Method->isStatic()) 9451 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9452 } 9453 9454 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9455 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9456 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9457 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9458 return Redeclaration; 9459 } 9460 9461 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9462 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9463 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9464 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9465 return Redeclaration; 9466 } 9467 9468 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9469 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9470 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9471 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9472 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9473 9474 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9475 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9476 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9477 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9478 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9479 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9480 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9481 // specification, that's OK. 9482 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9483 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9484 if (!T.isNull() && 9485 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9486 NewFD->getType())) 9487 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9488 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9489 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9490 } 9491 9492 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9493 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9494 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9495 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9496 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9497 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9498 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9499 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9500 << NewFD << R; 9501 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9502 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9503 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9504 } 9505 9506 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9507 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9508 // [is] part of the function type 9509 // 9510 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9511 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9512 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9513 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9514 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9515 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9516 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9517 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9518 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9519 // restricted prior to C++17. 9520 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9521 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9522 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9523 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9524 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9525 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9526 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9527 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9528 return true; 9529 return false; 9530 }; 9531 9532 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9533 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9534 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9535 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9536 if (AnyNoexcept) 9537 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9538 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9539 << NewFD; 9540 } 9541 9542 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9543 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9544 } 9545 return Redeclaration; 9546 } 9547 9548 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9549 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9550 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9551 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9552 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9553 // appear in a declaration of main. 9554 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9555 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9556 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9557 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9558 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9560 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9561 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9562 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9563 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9564 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9565 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9566 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9567 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9568 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9569 } 9570 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9571 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9572 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9573 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9574 } 9575 9576 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9577 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9578 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9579 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9580 return; 9581 } 9582 9583 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9584 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9585 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9586 9587 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9588 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9589 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9590 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9591 9592 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9593 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9594 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9595 else { 9596 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9597 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9598 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9599 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9600 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9601 } 9602 } else { 9603 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9604 // set the flag which tells us that. 9605 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9606 9607 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9608 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9609 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9610 else { 9611 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9612 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9613 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9614 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9615 : FixItHint()); 9616 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9617 } 9618 } 9619 9620 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9621 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9622 9623 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9624 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9625 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9626 9627 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9628 9629 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9630 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9631 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9632 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9633 } 9634 9635 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9636 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9637 // getting shifty. 9638 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9639 HasExtraParameters = false; 9640 9641 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9642 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9643 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9644 nparams = 3; 9645 } 9646 9647 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9648 // if we had some location information about types. 9649 9650 QualType CharPP = 9651 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9652 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9653 9654 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9655 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9656 9657 bool mismatch = true; 9658 9659 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9660 mismatch = false; 9661 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9662 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9663 // char const ** 9664 // char const * const * 9665 // char * const * 9666 9667 QualifierCollector qs; 9668 const PointerType* PT; 9669 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9670 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9671 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9672 Context.CharTy)) { 9673 qs.removeConst(); 9674 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9675 } 9676 } 9677 9678 if (mismatch) { 9679 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9680 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9681 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9682 } 9683 } 9684 9685 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9686 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9687 } 9688 9689 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9690 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9691 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9692 } 9693 } 9694 9695 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9696 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9697 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9698 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9699 9700 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9701 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9702 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9703 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9704 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9705 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9706 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9707 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9708 9709 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9710 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9711 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9712 } 9713 } 9714 9715 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9716 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9717 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9718 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9719 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9720 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9721 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9722 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9723 // rules there don't matter.) 9724 const Expr *Culprit; 9725 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9726 return false; 9727 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9728 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9729 return true; 9730 } 9731 9732 namespace { 9733 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9734 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9735 class SelfReferenceChecker 9736 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9737 Sema &S; 9738 Decl *OrigDecl; 9739 bool isRecordType; 9740 bool isPODType; 9741 bool isReferenceType; 9742 9743 bool isInitList; 9744 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9745 9746 public: 9747 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9748 9749 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9750 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9751 isPODType = false; 9752 isRecordType = false; 9753 isReferenceType = false; 9754 isInitList = false; 9755 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9756 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9757 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9758 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9759 } 9760 } 9761 9762 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9763 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9764 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9765 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9766 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9767 if (!InitList) { 9768 Visit(E); 9769 return; 9770 } 9771 9772 // Track and increment the index here. 9773 isInitList = true; 9774 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9775 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9776 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9777 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9778 } 9779 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9780 } 9781 9782 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9783 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9784 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9785 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9786 Expr *Base = E; 9787 bool ReferenceField = false; 9788 9789 // Get the field memebers used. 9790 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9791 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9792 if (!FD) 9793 return false; 9794 Fields.push_back(FD); 9795 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9796 ReferenceField = true; 9797 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9798 } 9799 9800 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9801 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9802 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9803 return false; 9804 9805 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9806 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9807 return true; 9808 9809 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9810 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9811 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9812 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9813 9814 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9815 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9816 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9817 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9818 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9819 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9820 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9821 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9822 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9823 return true; 9824 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9825 break; 9826 } 9827 9828 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9829 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9830 return true; 9831 } 9832 9833 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9834 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9835 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9836 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9837 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9838 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9839 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9840 return; 9841 } 9842 9843 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9844 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9845 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9846 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9847 return; 9848 } 9849 9850 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9851 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9852 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9853 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9854 return; 9855 } 9856 9857 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9858 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9859 return; 9860 } 9861 9862 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9863 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9864 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9865 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9866 return; 9867 } 9868 } 9869 9870 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9871 if (isInitList) { 9872 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9873 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9874 return; 9875 } 9876 9877 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9878 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9879 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9880 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9881 return; 9882 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9883 } 9884 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9885 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9886 return; 9887 } 9888 9889 Visit(E); 9890 } 9891 9892 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9893 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9894 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9895 if (isReferenceType) 9896 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9897 } 9898 9899 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9900 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9901 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9902 return; 9903 } 9904 9905 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9906 } 9907 9908 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9909 if (isInitList) { 9910 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9911 return; 9912 } 9913 9914 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9915 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9916 9917 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9918 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9919 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9920 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9921 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9922 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9923 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9924 Warn = false; 9925 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9926 } 9927 9928 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9929 if (Warn) 9930 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9931 return; 9932 } 9933 9934 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9935 // Visit that expression. 9936 Visit(Base); 9937 } 9938 9939 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9940 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9941 9942 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9943 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9944 9945 Visit(Callee); 9946 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9947 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9948 } 9949 9950 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9951 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9952 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9953 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9954 if (!isPODType) 9955 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9956 return; 9957 } 9958 9959 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9960 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9961 return; 9962 } 9963 9964 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9965 } 9966 9967 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9968 9969 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9970 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9971 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9972 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9973 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9974 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9975 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9976 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9977 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9978 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9979 return; 9980 } 9981 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9982 } 9983 9984 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9985 // Treat std::move as a use. 9986 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9987 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9988 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9989 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9990 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9991 return; 9992 } 9993 } 9994 } 9995 9996 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9997 } 9998 9999 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10000 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10001 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10002 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10003 return; 10004 } 10005 10006 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10007 } 10008 10009 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10010 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10011 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10012 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10013 Visit(E->getCond()); 10014 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10015 } 10016 10017 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10018 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10019 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10020 unsigned diag; 10021 if (isReferenceType) { 10022 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10023 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10024 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10025 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10026 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10027 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10028 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10029 } else { 10030 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10031 return; 10032 } 10033 10034 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 10035 S.PDiag(diag) 10036 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 10037 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10038 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10039 } 10040 }; 10041 10042 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10043 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10044 bool DirectInit) { 10045 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10046 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10047 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10048 return; 10049 10050 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10051 10052 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10053 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10054 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10055 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10056 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10057 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10058 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10059 return; 10060 10061 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10062 } 10063 } // end anonymous namespace 10064 10065 namespace { 10066 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10067 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10068 struct VarDeclOrName { 10069 VarDecl *VDecl; 10070 DeclarationName Name; 10071 10072 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10073 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10074 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10075 } 10076 }; 10077 } // end anonymous namespace 10078 10079 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10080 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10081 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10082 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10083 Expr *Init) { 10084 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10085 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10086 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10087 10088 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10089 10090 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10091 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10092 10093 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10094 if (!Init) { 10095 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10096 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10097 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10098 return QualType(); 10099 } 10100 10101 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 10102 if (DirectInit) { 10103 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10104 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10105 } 10106 10107 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10108 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10109 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10110 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10111 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10112 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10113 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10114 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10115 InitsCopy); 10116 } 10117 10118 if (DirectInit) { 10119 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10120 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10121 } 10122 10123 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10124 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10125 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10126 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10127 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10128 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10129 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10130 << VN << Type << Range; 10131 return QualType(); 10132 } 10133 10134 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10135 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10136 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10137 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10138 << VN << Type << Range; 10139 return QualType(); 10140 } 10141 10142 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10143 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10144 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10145 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10146 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10147 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10148 return QualType(); 10149 } 10150 10151 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10152 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10153 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10154 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10155 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10156 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10157 return QualType(); 10158 } 10159 Init = Result.get(); 10160 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10161 } 10162 10163 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10164 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10165 // is present, e has type cv A 10166 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10167 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10168 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10169 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10170 Type.getQualifiers()); 10171 10172 QualType DeducedType; 10173 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10174 if (!IsInitCapture) 10175 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10176 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10177 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10178 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10179 << VN 10180 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10181 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10182 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10183 else 10184 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10185 << VN << TSI->getType() 10186 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10187 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10188 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10189 } 10190 10191 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10192 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10193 // checks. 10194 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10195 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10196 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10197 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10198 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10199 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10200 } 10201 10202 return DeducedType; 10203 } 10204 10205 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10206 Expr *Init) { 10207 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10208 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10209 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10210 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10211 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10212 return true; 10213 } 10214 10215 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10216 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10217 10218 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10219 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10220 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10221 10222 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10223 // the previously declared type. 10224 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10225 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10226 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10227 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10228 } 10229 10230 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10231 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10232 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10233 } 10234 10235 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10236 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10237 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10238 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10239 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10240 // the initializer. 10241 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10242 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10243 return; 10244 } 10245 10246 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10247 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10248 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10249 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10250 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10251 return; 10252 } 10253 10254 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10255 if (!VDecl) { 10256 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10257 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10258 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10259 return; 10260 } 10261 10262 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10263 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10264 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10265 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10266 // TypoExpr. 10267 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10268 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10269 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10270 return; 10271 } 10272 Init = Res.get(); 10273 10274 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10275 return; 10276 } 10277 10278 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10279 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10280 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10281 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10282 return; 10283 } 10284 10285 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10286 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10287 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10288 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10289 return; 10290 } 10291 10292 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10293 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10294 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10295 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10296 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10297 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10298 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10299 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10300 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10301 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10302 return; 10303 } 10304 10305 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10306 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10307 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10308 AbstractVariableType)) 10309 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10310 } 10311 10312 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10313 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10314 // handle the situation. 10315 VarDecl *Def; 10316 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10317 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10318 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10319 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10320 return; 10321 10322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10323 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10324 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10325 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10326 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10327 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10328 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10329 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10330 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10331 // 10332 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10333 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10334 // declaration with an initializer. 10335 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10336 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10337 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10338 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10339 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10340 << 0; 10341 return; 10342 } 10343 10344 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10345 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10346 10347 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10348 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10349 return; 10350 } 10351 } 10352 10353 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10354 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10355 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10356 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10357 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10358 return; 10359 } 10360 10361 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10362 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10363 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10364 10365 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10366 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10367 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10368 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10369 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10370 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10371 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10372 return; 10373 } 10374 Init = Result.get(); 10375 } 10376 10377 // Perform the initialization. 10378 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10379 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10380 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10381 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10382 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10383 10384 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10385 if (CXXDirectInit) 10386 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10387 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10388 10389 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10390 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10391 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10392 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10393 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10394 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10395 }); 10396 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10397 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10398 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10399 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10400 } 10401 } 10402 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10403 return; 10404 10405 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10406 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10407 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10408 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10409 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10410 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10411 return; 10412 } 10413 10414 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10415 } 10416 10417 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10418 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10419 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10420 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10421 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10422 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10423 } 10424 10425 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10426 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10427 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10428 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10429 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10430 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10431 10432 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10433 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10434 10435 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10436 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10437 10438 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10439 // Although this code can still have problems: 10440 // id x = self.weakProp; 10441 // id y = self.weakProp; 10442 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10443 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10444 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10445 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10446 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10447 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10448 Init->getLocStart())) 10449 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10450 } 10451 10452 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10453 // 10454 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10455 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10456 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10457 // 10458 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10459 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10460 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10461 // 10462 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10463 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10464 false, 10465 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10466 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10468 return; 10469 } 10470 Init = Result.get(); 10471 10472 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10473 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10474 10475 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10476 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 10477 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10478 // do nothing 10479 10480 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 10481 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 10482 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 10483 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10484 10485 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 10486 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10487 // do nothing 10488 10489 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10490 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10491 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10492 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10493 10494 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 10495 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10496 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10497 // constant expressions. 10498 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10499 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 10500 const Expr *Culprit; 10501 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 10502 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10503 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10504 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10505 } 10506 } 10507 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10508 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10509 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10510 // 10511 // struct S { 10512 // static const int value = 17; 10513 // }; 10514 10515 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10516 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10517 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10518 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10519 // 10520 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10521 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10522 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10523 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10524 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10525 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10526 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10527 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10528 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10529 10530 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10531 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10532 10533 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10534 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10535 // type. 10536 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10537 10538 // Require constness. 10539 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10540 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10541 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10542 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10543 10544 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10545 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10546 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10547 SourceLocation Loc; 10548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10549 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10550 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10551 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10552 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10553 ; // Nothing to check. 10554 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10555 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10556 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10557 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10558 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10559 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10560 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10561 } else { 10562 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10563 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10564 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10565 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10566 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10567 } 10568 10569 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10570 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10571 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10572 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10573 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10574 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10575 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10576 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10577 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10578 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10579 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10580 } else { 10581 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10582 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10583 10584 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10585 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10586 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10587 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10588 } 10589 } 10590 10591 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10592 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10593 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10594 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10596 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10597 10598 } else { 10599 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10600 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10601 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10602 } 10603 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10604 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10605 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10606 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10607 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10608 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10609 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10610 // C++ rules. 10611 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10612 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10613 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10614 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10615 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10616 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10617 10618 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10619 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10620 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10621 } 10622 10623 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10624 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10625 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10626 // 10627 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10628 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10629 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10630 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10631 // special case code. 10632 10633 // C++ 8.5p11: 10634 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10635 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10636 // class type. 10637 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10638 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10639 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10640 } else if (DirectInit) { 10641 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10642 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10643 } 10644 10645 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10646 } 10647 10648 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10649 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10650 /// of sanity. 10651 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10652 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10653 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10654 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10655 10656 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10657 if (!VD) return; 10658 10659 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10660 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10661 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10662 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10663 10664 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10665 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10666 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10667 return; 10668 } 10669 10670 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10671 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10672 10673 // Require a complete type. 10674 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10675 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10676 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10677 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10678 return; 10679 } 10680 10681 // Require a non-abstract type. 10682 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10683 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10684 AbstractVariableType)) { 10685 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10686 return; 10687 } 10688 10689 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10690 // though. 10691 } 10692 10693 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10694 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10695 if (!RealDecl) 10696 return; 10697 10698 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10699 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10700 10701 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10702 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10703 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10704 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10705 return; 10706 } 10707 10708 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10709 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10710 return; 10711 10712 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10713 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10714 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10715 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10716 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10717 // member. 10718 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10719 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10720 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10721 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10722 // a definition there. 10723 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10724 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10725 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10726 << Var->getDeclName(); 10727 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10728 return; 10729 } 10730 } else { 10731 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10732 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10733 return; 10734 } 10735 } 10736 10737 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10738 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10739 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10740 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10741 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10742 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10743 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10744 return; 10745 } 10746 } 10747 10748 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10749 // be initialized. 10750 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10751 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10752 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10753 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10754 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10755 return; 10756 } 10757 10758 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10759 case VarDecl::Definition: 10760 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10761 break; 10762 10763 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10764 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10765 // a declaration. 10766 // 10767 // Fall through 10768 10769 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10770 // It's only a declaration. 10771 10772 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10773 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10774 // object shall be complete. 10775 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10776 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10777 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10778 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10779 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10780 10781 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10782 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10783 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10784 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10785 AbstractVariableType)) 10786 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10787 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10788 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10789 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10790 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10791 } 10792 10793 return; 10794 10795 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10796 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10797 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10798 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10799 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10800 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10801 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10802 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10803 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10804 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10805 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10806 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10807 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10808 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10809 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10810 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10811 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10812 // NOTE: code such as the following 10813 // static struct s; 10814 // struct s { int a; }; 10815 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10816 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10817 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10818 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10819 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10820 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10821 } 10822 } 10823 10824 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10825 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10826 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10827 return; 10828 } 10829 10830 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10831 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10832 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10833 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10834 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10835 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10836 return; 10837 } 10838 10839 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10840 // definitions with reference type. 10841 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10842 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10843 << Var->getDeclName() 10844 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10845 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10846 return; 10847 } 10848 10849 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10850 // variable with dependent type. 10851 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10852 return; 10853 10854 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10855 return; 10856 10857 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10858 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10859 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10860 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10861 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10862 return; 10863 } 10864 } else { 10865 return; 10866 } 10867 10868 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10869 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10870 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10871 AbstractVariableType)) { 10872 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10873 return; 10874 } 10875 10876 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10877 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10878 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10879 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10880 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10881 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10882 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10883 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10884 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10885 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10886 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10887 if (const RecordType *Record 10888 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10889 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10890 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10891 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10892 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10893 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10894 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10895 } 10896 } 10897 10898 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10899 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10900 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10901 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10902 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10903 // type shall have a user-declared default 10904 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10905 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10906 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10907 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10908 // program is ill-formed. 10909 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10910 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10911 // default-initialized; [...]. 10912 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10913 InitializationKind Kind 10914 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10915 10916 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10917 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10918 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10919 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10920 else if (Init.get()) { 10921 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10922 // This is important for template substitution. 10923 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10924 } 10925 10926 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10927 } 10928 } 10929 10930 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10931 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10932 if (!D) 10933 return; 10934 10935 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10936 if (!VD) { 10937 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10938 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10939 return; 10940 } 10941 10942 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10943 10944 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10945 int Error = -1; 10946 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10947 case SC_None: 10948 break; 10949 case SC_Extern: 10950 Error = 0; 10951 break; 10952 case SC_Static: 10953 Error = 1; 10954 break; 10955 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10956 Error = 2; 10957 break; 10958 case SC_Auto: 10959 Error = 3; 10960 break; 10961 case SC_Register: 10962 Error = 4; 10963 break; 10964 } 10965 if (Error != -1) { 10966 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10967 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10968 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10969 } 10970 } 10971 10972 StmtResult 10973 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10974 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10975 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10976 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10977 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10978 // A range-based for statement of the form 10979 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10980 // is equivalent to 10981 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10982 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10983 10984 const char *PrevSpec; 10985 unsigned DiagID; 10986 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10987 getPrintingPolicy()); 10988 10989 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10990 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10991 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10992 10993 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10994 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10995 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10996 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10997 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10998 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10999 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11000 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11001 } 11002 11003 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11004 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11005 11006 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11007 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11008 // initialiser 11009 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11010 !var->hasInit()) { 11011 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11012 << 1 /*Init*/; 11013 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11014 return; 11015 } 11016 } 11017 11018 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11019 // local retaining variable. 11020 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11021 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11022 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11023 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11024 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11025 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11026 break; 11027 11028 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11029 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11030 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11031 break; 11032 } 11033 } 11034 11035 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11036 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11037 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11038 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11039 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11040 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11041 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11042 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11043 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11044 var->getLocation())) { 11045 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11046 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11047 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11048 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11049 11050 if (!prev) 11051 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11052 } 11053 11054 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11055 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11056 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11057 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11058 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11059 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11060 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11061 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11062 }; 11063 11064 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11065 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11066 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11067 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11068 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11069 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11070 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11071 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11072 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11073 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11074 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11075 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11076 // initialization. 11077 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11078 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11079 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11081 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11082 } 11083 } 11084 } 11085 11086 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11087 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11088 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11089 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11090 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11091 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11092 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11093 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11094 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11095 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11096 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11097 } else { 11098 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11099 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11100 } 11101 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11102 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11103 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11104 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11105 } 11106 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11107 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11108 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11109 11110 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11111 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11112 // attribute. 11113 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11114 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11115 CurInitSegLoc)); 11116 } 11117 11118 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11120 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11121 // current module. 11122 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11123 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11124 return; 11125 } 11126 11127 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11128 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11129 11130 QualType type = var->getType(); 11131 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11132 11133 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11134 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11135 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11136 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11137 11138 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11139 // constructing this copy. 11140 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11141 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11142 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11143 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11144 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11145 ExprResult result 11146 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11147 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11148 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11149 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11150 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11151 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11152 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11153 } 11154 } 11155 } 11156 11157 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11158 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11159 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11160 11161 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11162 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11163 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11164 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11165 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11166 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11167 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11168 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11169 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11170 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11171 Notes.clear(); 11172 } 11173 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11174 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11175 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11176 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11177 } 11178 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11179 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11180 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11181 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11182 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11183 } 11184 11185 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11186 // were just diagnosed. 11187 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11188 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11189 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11190 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11191 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11192 if (DiagErr) { 11193 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11194 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11195 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11196 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11197 << attr->getRange(); 11198 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11199 APValue Value; 11200 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11201 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11202 for (auto &it : Notes) 11203 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11204 } else { 11205 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11206 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11207 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11208 } 11209 } 11210 } 11211 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11212 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11213 var->getLocation())) { 11214 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11215 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11216 // warned about them. 11217 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11218 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11219 if (!checkConstInit()) 11220 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11221 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11222 } 11223 } 11224 } 11225 11226 // Require the destructor. 11227 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11228 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11229 11230 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11231 // module. 11232 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11233 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11234 } 11235 11236 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11237 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11238 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11239 return true; 11240 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11241 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11242 return true; 11243 return false; 11244 } 11245 11246 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11247 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11248 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11249 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11250 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11251 11252 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11253 if (!VD) 11254 return; 11255 11256 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11257 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11258 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11259 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11260 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11261 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11262 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11263 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11264 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11265 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11266 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11267 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11268 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11269 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11270 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11271 } 11272 11273 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11274 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11275 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11276 } 11277 } 11278 11279 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11280 11281 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11282 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11283 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11284 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11285 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11286 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11287 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11288 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11289 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11290 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11291 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11292 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11293 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11294 } 11295 } 11296 } 11297 11298 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11299 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11300 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11301 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11302 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11303 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11304 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11305 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11306 } 11307 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11308 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11309 // static storage class. 11310 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11311 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11312 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11313 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11314 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11315 } 11316 } 11317 11318 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11319 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11320 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11321 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11322 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11323 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11324 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11325 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11326 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11327 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11328 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11329 bool AllowedInit = false; 11330 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11331 AllowedInit = 11332 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11333 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11334 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11335 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11336 if (!AllowedInit && 11337 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11338 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11339 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11340 11341 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11342 if (AllowedInit) 11343 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11344 AllowedInit = 11345 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11346 11347 if (!AllowedInit) { 11348 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11349 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11350 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11351 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11352 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11353 } 11354 } else { 11355 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11356 // callable from the host side. 11357 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11358 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11359 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11360 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11361 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11362 } 11363 if (InitFn) { 11364 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11365 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11366 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11367 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11368 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11369 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11370 } 11371 } 11372 } 11373 } 11374 } 11375 11376 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11377 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11378 11379 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11380 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11381 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11382 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11383 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11384 // with a warning. 11385 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11386 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11387 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11388 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11389 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11390 11391 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11392 IsClassTemplateMember 11393 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11394 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11395 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11396 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11397 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11398 } 11399 } 11400 11401 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11402 // isn't exported with the variable. 11403 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11404 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11405 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11406 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11407 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11408 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11409 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11410 } else { 11411 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11412 << DLLAttr; 11413 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11414 } 11415 } 11416 11417 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11418 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11419 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11420 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11421 } 11422 } 11423 11424 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11425 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11426 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11427 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11428 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11429 11430 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 11431 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11432 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11433 11434 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11435 // tag values. 11436 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11437 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11438 return; 11439 11440 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11441 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11442 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11443 continue; 11444 } 11445 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11446 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11447 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11448 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11449 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11450 continue; 11451 } 11452 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11453 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11454 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11455 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11456 continue; 11457 } 11458 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11459 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11460 MagicValue, 11461 I->getMatchingCType(), 11462 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11463 I->getMustBeNull()); 11464 } 11465 } 11466 11467 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11468 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11469 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11470 } 11471 11472 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11473 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11474 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11475 11476 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11477 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11478 11479 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11480 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11481 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11482 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11483 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11484 11485 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11486 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11487 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11488 // to perform. 11489 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11490 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11491 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11492 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11493 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11494 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11495 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11496 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11497 11498 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11499 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11500 // declaration in the same group. 11501 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11502 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11503 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11504 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11505 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11506 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11507 } 11508 11509 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11510 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11511 // declarator in the same group. 11512 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11513 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11514 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11515 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11516 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11517 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11518 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11519 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11520 } 11521 } 11522 } 11523 11524 Decls.push_back(D); 11525 } 11526 } 11527 11528 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11529 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11530 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11531 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11532 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11533 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11534 } 11535 } 11536 11537 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11538 } 11539 11540 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11541 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11542 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11543 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11544 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11545 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11546 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11547 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11548 QualType Deduced; 11549 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11550 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11551 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11552 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11553 break; 11554 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11555 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11556 continue; 11557 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11558 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11559 DeducedDecl = D; 11560 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11561 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11562 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11563 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11564 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11565 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11566 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11567 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11568 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11569 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11570 break; 11571 } 11572 } 11573 } 11574 11575 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11576 11577 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11578 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11579 } 11580 11581 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11582 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11583 } 11584 11585 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11586 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11587 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11588 return; 11589 11590 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11591 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11592 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11593 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11594 return; 11595 11596 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11597 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11598 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11599 // additional declaration references: 11600 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11601 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11602 // 'struct S *pS;' 11603 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11604 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11605 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11606 Group = Group.slice(1); 11607 } 11608 } 11609 11610 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11611 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11612 if (!Comments.empty() && 11613 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11614 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11615 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11616 // 11617 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11618 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11619 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11620 // ahead through comments. 11621 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11622 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11623 } 11624 } 11625 11626 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11627 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11628 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11629 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11630 11631 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11632 11633 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11634 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11635 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11636 SC = SC_Register; 11637 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11638 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11639 SC = SC_Auto; 11640 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11641 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11642 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11643 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11644 } 11645 11646 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11647 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11648 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11649 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11650 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11651 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11652 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11653 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11654 << 0; 11655 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11656 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11657 11658 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11659 11660 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11661 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11662 11663 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11664 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11665 // parameter. 11666 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11667 11668 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11669 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11670 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11671 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11672 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11673 } 11674 } 11675 11676 // Ensure we have a valid name 11677 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11678 if (D.hasName()) { 11679 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11680 if (!II) { 11681 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11682 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11683 D.setInvalidType(true); 11684 } 11685 } 11686 11687 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11688 if (II) { 11689 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11690 ForRedeclaration); 11691 LookupName(R, S); 11692 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11693 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11694 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11695 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11696 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11697 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11698 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11699 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11700 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11701 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11702 11703 // Recover by removing the name 11704 II = nullptr; 11705 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11706 D.setInvalidType(true); 11707 } 11708 } 11709 } 11710 11711 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11712 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11713 // looking like class members in C++. 11714 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11715 D.getLocStart(), 11716 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11717 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11718 SC); 11719 11720 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11721 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11722 11723 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11724 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11725 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11726 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11727 11728 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11729 S->AddDecl(New); 11730 if (II) 11731 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11732 11733 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11734 11735 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11736 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11737 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11738 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11740 11741 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11743 } 11744 return New; 11745 } 11746 11747 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11748 /// typedef. 11749 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11750 SourceLocation Loc, 11751 QualType T) { 11752 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11753 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11754 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11755 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11756 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11757 SC_None, nullptr); 11758 Param->setImplicit(); 11759 return Param; 11760 } 11761 11762 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11763 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11764 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11765 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11766 return; 11767 11768 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11769 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11770 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11771 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11772 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11773 } 11774 } 11775 } 11776 11777 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11778 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11779 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11780 return; 11781 11782 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11783 // threshold. 11784 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11785 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11786 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11787 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11788 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11789 } 11790 11791 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11792 // threshold. 11793 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11794 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11795 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11796 continue; 11797 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11798 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11799 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11800 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11801 } 11802 } 11803 11804 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11805 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11806 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11807 StorageClass SC) { 11808 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11809 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11810 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11811 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11812 11813 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11814 11815 // Special cases for arrays: 11816 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11817 // - otherwise, it's an error 11818 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11819 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11820 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11821 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11822 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11823 } 11824 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11825 } else { 11826 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11827 } 11828 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11829 } 11830 11831 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11832 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11833 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11834 11835 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11836 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11837 // the class has been completely parsed. 11838 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11839 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11840 AbstractParamType)) 11841 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11842 11843 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11844 // passed by reference. 11845 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11846 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11847 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11848 Diag(NameLoc, 11849 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11850 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11851 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11852 New->setType(T); 11853 } 11854 11855 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11856 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11857 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11858 // an address space. 11859 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11860 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11861 // to be qualified with an address space. 11862 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11863 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11864 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11865 } 11866 } 11867 11868 return New; 11869 } 11870 11871 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11872 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11873 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11874 11875 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11876 // for a K&R function. 11877 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11878 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11879 --i; 11880 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11881 SmallString<256> Code; 11882 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11883 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11884 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11885 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11886 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11887 11888 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11889 // type. 11890 AttributeFactory attrs; 11891 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11892 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11893 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11894 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11895 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11896 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11897 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11898 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11899 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11900 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11901 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11902 } 11903 } 11904 } 11905 } 11906 11907 Decl * 11908 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11909 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11910 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11911 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11912 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11913 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11914 11915 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11916 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11917 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11918 } 11919 11920 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11921 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11922 } 11923 11924 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11925 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11926 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11927 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11928 return false; 11929 11930 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11931 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11932 return false; 11933 11934 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11935 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11936 return false; 11937 11938 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11939 if (FD->isMain()) 11940 return false; 11941 11942 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11943 if (FD->isInlined()) 11944 return false; 11945 11946 // Don't warn about function templates. 11947 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11948 return false; 11949 11950 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11951 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11952 return false; 11953 11954 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11955 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11956 return false; 11957 11958 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11959 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11960 return false; 11961 11962 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11963 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11964 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11965 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11966 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11967 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11968 continue; 11969 11970 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11971 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11972 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11973 break; 11974 } 11975 11976 return MissingPrototype; 11977 } 11978 11979 void 11980 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11981 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11982 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11983 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11984 if (!Definition) 11985 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11986 return; 11987 11988 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11989 return; 11990 11991 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 11992 // definition. 11993 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 11994 return; 11995 11996 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11997 // a template, skip the new definition. 11998 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11999 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12000 Definition->isInlined() || 12001 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12002 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12003 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12004 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12005 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12006 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12007 return; 12008 } 12009 12010 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12011 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12012 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12013 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12014 else 12015 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12016 12017 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12018 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12019 } 12020 12021 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12022 Sema &S) { 12023 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12024 12025 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12026 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12027 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12028 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12029 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12030 12031 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12032 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12033 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12034 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12035 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12036 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12037 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12038 12039 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12040 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12041 12042 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12043 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12044 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12045 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12046 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12047 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12048 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12049 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12050 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12051 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12052 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12053 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12054 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12055 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12056 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12057 12058 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12059 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12060 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12061 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12062 } else { 12063 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12064 } 12065 ++I; 12066 } 12067 } 12068 12069 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12070 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12071 if (!D) 12072 return D; 12073 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12074 12075 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12076 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12077 else 12078 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12079 12080 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12081 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12082 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12083 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12084 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12085 } 12086 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12087 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12088 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12090 } 12091 12092 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 12093 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 12094 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12095 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12096 12097 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12098 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12099 return D; 12100 } 12101 12102 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12103 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12104 // this function. 12105 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12106 12107 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12108 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12109 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12110 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12111 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12112 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12113 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12114 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12115 // have the LSI properly restored. 12116 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12117 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12118 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12119 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12120 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12121 } else { 12122 // Enter a new function scope 12123 PushFunctionScope(); 12124 } 12125 12126 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12127 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12128 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12129 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12130 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12131 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12132 } 12133 } 12134 12135 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12136 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12137 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12138 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12139 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12140 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12141 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12142 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12143 12144 if (FnBodyScope) 12145 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12146 12147 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12148 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12149 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12150 12151 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12152 // scope. 12153 if (FnBodyScope) { 12154 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12155 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12156 if (!NonParmDecl) 12157 continue; 12158 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12159 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12160 12161 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12162 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12163 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12164 12165 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12166 // accessible in this scope. 12167 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12168 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12169 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12170 } 12171 } 12172 } 12173 12174 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12175 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12176 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12177 12178 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12179 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12180 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12181 12182 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12183 } 12184 } 12185 12186 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12187 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12188 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12189 12190 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12191 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12192 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12193 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12194 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12195 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12196 return D; 12197 } 12198 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12199 // a function template). 12200 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12201 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12202 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12203 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12204 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12205 12206 return D; 12207 } 12208 12209 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12210 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12211 /// optimization. 12212 /// 12213 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12214 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12215 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12216 /// use the named return value optimization. 12217 /// 12218 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12219 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12220 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12221 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12222 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12223 12224 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12225 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12226 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12227 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12228 } 12229 } 12230 } 12231 12232 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12233 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12234 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12235 return false; 12236 12237 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12238 // return type (yet). 12239 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12240 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12241 // we can still delay parsing it. 12242 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12243 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12244 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12245 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12246 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12247 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12248 } 12249 } 12250 return false; 12251 } 12252 12253 return true; 12254 } 12255 12256 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12257 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12258 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12259 // rest of the file. 12260 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12261 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12262 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 12263 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 12264 return false; 12265 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12266 } 12267 12268 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12269 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 12270 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12271 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12272 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12273 return Decl; 12274 } 12275 12276 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12277 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12278 } 12279 12280 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12281 bool IsInstantiation) { 12282 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12283 12284 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12285 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12286 12287 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 12288 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12289 12290 if (FD) { 12291 FD->setBody(Body); 12292 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 12293 12294 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12295 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12296 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12297 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12298 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12299 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12300 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12301 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12302 << FD->getReturnType(); 12303 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12304 } else { 12305 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12306 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12307 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12308 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12309 } 12310 } 12311 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12312 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12313 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12314 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12315 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12316 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12317 12318 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12319 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12320 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12321 QualType RetType = 12322 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12323 12324 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12325 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12326 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12327 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12328 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12329 } 12330 } 12331 12332 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12333 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12334 // is the first declaration. 12335 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12336 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12337 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12338 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12339 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12340 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12341 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12342 } 12343 12344 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12345 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12346 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12347 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12348 12349 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12350 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12351 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12353 12354 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12355 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12356 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12357 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12358 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12359 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12360 12361 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12362 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12363 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12364 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12365 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12366 12367 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12368 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12369 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12370 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12371 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12372 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12373 } 12374 12375 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12376 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12377 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12378 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12379 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12380 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12381 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12382 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12383 12384 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12385 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12386 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12387 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12388 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12389 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12390 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12391 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12392 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12393 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12394 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12395 } 12396 } 12397 12398 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12399 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12400 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12401 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12402 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12403 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12404 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12405 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12406 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12407 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12408 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12409 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12410 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 12411 } 12412 } 12413 12414 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12415 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12416 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12417 MD->isVirtual() && 12418 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12419 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12420 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12421 if (FD->isInlined() && 12422 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12423 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12424 12425 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12426 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12427 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12428 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12429 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12430 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12431 } else { 12432 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12433 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12434 } 12435 } 12436 } 12437 12438 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12439 "Function parsing confused"); 12440 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12441 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12442 MD->setBody(Body); 12443 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12444 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12445 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12446 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12447 12448 if (Body) 12449 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12450 } 12451 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12452 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12453 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12454 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12455 } 12456 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12457 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12458 bool isDesignated = 12459 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12460 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12461 (void)isDesignated; 12462 12463 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12464 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12465 if (!IFace) 12466 return false; 12467 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12468 if (!SuperD) 12469 return false; 12470 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12471 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12472 }; 12473 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12474 // of NSObject. 12475 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12476 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12477 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12478 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12479 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12480 } 12481 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12482 } 12483 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12484 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12485 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12486 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12487 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12488 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12489 } 12490 } else { 12491 return nullptr; 12492 } 12493 12494 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12495 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12496 12497 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12498 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12499 "handled in the block above."); 12500 12501 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12502 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12503 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12504 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12505 // Verify this. 12506 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12507 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12508 12509 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12510 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12511 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12512 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12513 12514 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12515 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12516 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12517 12518 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12519 Destructor->getParent()); 12520 } 12521 12522 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12523 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12524 // deletion in some later function. 12525 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12526 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12527 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12528 } 12529 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12530 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12531 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12532 // enabled. 12533 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12534 } 12535 12536 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12537 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12538 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12539 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12540 12541 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12542 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12543 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12544 // require prologue. 12545 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12546 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12547 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12548 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12549 RegisterVariables = 12550 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12551 if (!RegisterVariables) 12552 break; 12553 } 12554 } 12555 } 12556 if (RegisterVariables) 12557 continue; 12558 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12559 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12560 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12561 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12562 break; 12563 } 12564 } 12565 } 12566 12567 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12568 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12569 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12570 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12571 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12572 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12573 } 12574 12575 if (!IsInstantiation) 12576 PopDeclContext(); 12577 12578 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12579 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12580 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12581 // deletion in some later function. 12582 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12583 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12584 } 12585 12586 return dcl; 12587 } 12588 12589 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12590 /// relevant Decl. 12591 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12592 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12593 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12594 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12595 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12596 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12597 12598 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12599 if (Method->isStatic()) 12600 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12601 } 12602 12603 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12604 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12605 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12606 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12607 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12608 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12609 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12610 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12611 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12612 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12613 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12614 return ExternCPrev; 12615 } 12616 12617 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12618 unsigned diag_id; 12619 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12620 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12621 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 12622 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 12623 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 12624 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12625 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12626 else 12627 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12628 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12629 12630 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12631 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12632 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12633 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12634 if (S && 12635 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12636 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12637 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12638 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12639 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12640 } 12641 12642 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12643 const char *Dummy; 12644 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12645 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12646 unsigned DiagID; 12647 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12648 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12649 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12650 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12651 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12652 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12653 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12654 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12655 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12656 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12657 /*NumParams=*/0, 12658 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12659 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12660 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12661 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12662 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12663 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12664 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12665 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12666 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12667 EST_None, 12668 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12669 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12670 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12671 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12672 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12673 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12674 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12675 Loc, Loc, D), 12676 DS.getAttributes(), 12677 SourceLocation()); 12678 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12679 12680 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 12681 while (S && !S->isCompoundStmtScope()) 12682 S = S->getParent(); 12683 if (S == nullptr) 12684 S = TUScope; 12685 12686 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12687 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12688 12689 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(S, D)); 12690 FD->setImplicit(); 12691 12692 CurContext = PrevDC; 12693 12694 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12695 12696 return FD; 12697 } 12698 12699 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12700 /// the declaration of this function. 12701 /// 12702 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12703 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12704 /// like NSLog or printf. 12705 /// 12706 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12707 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12708 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12709 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12710 return; 12711 12712 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12713 // actual attributes. 12714 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12715 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12716 unsigned FormatIdx; 12717 bool HasVAListArg; 12718 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12719 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12720 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12721 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12722 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12723 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12724 fmt = "NSString"; 12725 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12726 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12727 FormatIdx+1, 12728 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12729 FD->getLocation())); 12730 } 12731 } 12732 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12733 HasVAListArg)) { 12734 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12735 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12736 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12737 FormatIdx+1, 12738 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12739 FD->getLocation())); 12740 } 12741 12742 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12743 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12744 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12745 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12746 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12747 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12748 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12749 } 12750 12751 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12752 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12753 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12754 FD->getLocation())); 12755 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12756 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12757 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12758 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12759 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12760 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12761 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12762 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12763 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12764 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12765 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12766 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12767 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12768 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12769 else 12770 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12771 } 12772 } 12773 12774 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12775 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12776 // across. 12777 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12778 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12779 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12780 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12781 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12782 } 12783 12784 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12785 if (!Name) 12786 return; 12787 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12788 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12789 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12790 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12791 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12792 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12793 // about. 12794 } else 12795 return; 12796 12797 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12798 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12799 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12800 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12801 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12802 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12803 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12804 FD->getLocation())); 12805 } 12806 12807 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12808 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12809 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12810 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12811 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12812 FD->getLocation())); 12813 } 12814 } 12815 12816 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12817 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12818 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12819 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12820 12821 if (!TInfo) { 12822 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12823 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12824 } 12825 12826 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12827 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12828 D.getLocStart(), 12829 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12830 D.getIdentifier(), 12831 TInfo); 12832 12833 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12834 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12835 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12836 return NewTD; 12837 } 12838 12839 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12840 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12841 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12842 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12843 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12844 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12845 else 12846 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12847 } 12848 12849 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12850 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12851 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12852 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12853 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12854 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12855 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12856 case TST_enum: 12857 case TST_struct: 12858 case TST_interface: 12859 case TST_union: 12860 case TST_class: { 12861 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12862 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12863 break; 12864 } 12865 12866 default: 12867 break; 12868 } 12869 12870 return NewTD; 12871 } 12872 12873 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12874 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12875 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12876 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12877 12878 if (T->isDependentType()) 12879 return false; 12880 12881 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12882 if (BT->isInteger()) 12883 return false; 12884 12885 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12886 return true; 12887 } 12888 12889 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12890 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12891 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12892 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12893 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12894 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12895 12896 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12897 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12898 << Prev->isScoped(); 12899 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12900 return true; 12901 } 12902 12903 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12904 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12905 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12906 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12907 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12908 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12909 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12910 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12911 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12912 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12913 return true; 12914 } 12915 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12916 ; 12917 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12918 ; 12919 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12920 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12921 << Prev->isFixed(); 12922 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12923 return true; 12924 } 12925 12926 return false; 12927 } 12928 12929 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12930 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12931 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12932 /// 12933 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12934 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12935 switch (Tag) { 12936 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12937 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12938 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12939 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12940 } 12941 } 12942 12943 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12944 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12945 /// 12946 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12947 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12948 { 12949 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12950 } 12951 12952 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12953 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12954 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12955 return NTK_Typedef; 12956 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12957 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12958 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12959 return NTK_Template; 12960 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12961 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12962 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12963 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12964 switch (TTK) { 12965 case TTK_Struct: 12966 case TTK_Interface: 12967 case TTK_Class: 12968 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12969 case TTK_Union: 12970 return NTK_NonUnion; 12971 case TTK_Enum: 12972 return NTK_NonEnum; 12973 } 12974 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12975 } 12976 12977 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12978 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12979 /// 12980 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12981 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12982 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12983 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12984 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12985 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12986 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12987 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12988 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12989 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12990 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12991 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12992 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12993 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12994 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12995 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12996 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12997 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12998 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12999 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 13000 if (OldTag == NewTag) 13001 return true; 13002 13003 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 13004 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 13005 bool isTemplate = false; 13006 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 13007 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13008 13009 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13010 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 13011 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 13012 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13013 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13014 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13015 return true; 13016 } 13017 13018 if (isDefinition) { 13019 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13020 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13021 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13022 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13023 return true; 13024 } 13025 13026 bool previousMismatch = false; 13027 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13028 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13029 if (!previousMismatch) { 13030 previousMismatch = true; 13031 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13032 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13033 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13034 } 13035 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13036 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13037 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13038 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13039 } 13040 } 13041 return true; 13042 } 13043 13044 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13045 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13046 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13047 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13048 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13049 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13050 return true; 13051 } 13052 13053 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13054 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13055 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13056 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13057 13058 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13059 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13060 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13061 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13062 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13063 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13064 } 13065 13066 return true; 13067 } 13068 return false; 13069 } 13070 13071 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13072 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13073 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13074 /// namespace N { 13075 /// struct X; 13076 /// namespace M { 13077 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13078 /// } 13079 /// } 13080 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13081 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13082 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13083 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13084 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13085 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13086 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13087 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13088 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13089 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13090 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13091 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13092 return FixItHint(); 13093 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13094 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13095 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13096 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13097 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13098 break; 13099 } 13100 13101 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13102 // build an NNS. 13103 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13104 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13105 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13106 OS << "::"; 13107 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13108 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13109 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13110 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13111 } 13112 13113 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13114 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13115 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13116 /// using-declaration). 13117 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13118 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13119 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13120 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13121 13122 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13123 return true; 13124 13125 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13126 // encloses the other). 13127 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13128 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13129 return true; 13130 13131 return false; 13132 } 13133 13134 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13135 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13136 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13137 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13138 /// 13139 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13140 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13141 /// 13142 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13143 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13144 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13145 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13146 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13147 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 13148 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13149 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13150 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13151 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13152 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13153 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13154 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13155 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13156 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13157 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13158 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13159 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13160 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13161 13162 OwnedDecl = false; 13163 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13164 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13165 13166 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13167 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13168 bool Invalid = false; 13169 13170 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13171 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13172 // for non-C++ cases. 13173 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13174 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13175 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13176 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13177 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13178 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13179 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13180 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13181 return nullptr; 13182 } 13183 13184 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13185 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13186 // be a member of another template). 13187 13188 if (Invalid) 13189 return nullptr; 13190 13191 OwnedDecl = false; 13192 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 13193 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 13194 TemplateParams, AS, 13195 ModulePrivateLoc, 13196 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 13197 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 13198 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 13199 SkipBody); 13200 return Result.get(); 13201 } else { 13202 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13203 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13204 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13205 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13206 } 13207 } 13208 } 13209 13210 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13211 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13212 // redeclaration. 13213 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13214 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 13215 13216 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13217 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 13218 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13219 // type, default to int. 13220 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13221 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13222 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13223 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13224 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13225 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13226 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13227 13228 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13229 // Recover by falling back to int. 13230 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13231 13232 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13233 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13234 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13235 13236 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13237 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13238 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 13239 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13240 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 13241 } 13242 } 13243 } 13244 13245 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13246 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13247 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13248 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13249 13250 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 13251 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13252 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13253 13254 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 13255 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 13256 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 13257 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 13258 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 13259 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13260 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13261 // keyword. 13262 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13263 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 13264 13265 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13266 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 13267 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13268 !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13269 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 13270 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 13271 return nullptr; 13272 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13273 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13274 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 13275 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13276 else 13277 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 13278 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13279 } 13280 } else { // struct/union 13281 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13282 nullptr); 13283 } 13284 13285 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13286 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 13287 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13288 // 13289 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13290 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13291 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13292 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13293 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13294 // parsing of the struct). 13295 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13296 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13297 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13298 } 13299 } 13300 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13301 return New; 13302 }; 13303 13304 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 13305 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13306 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 13307 13308 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 13309 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 13310 Name = nullptr; 13311 goto CreateNewDecl; 13312 } 13313 13314 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 13315 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 13316 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13317 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 13318 if (!DC) { 13319 IsDependent = true; 13320 return nullptr; 13321 } 13322 } else { 13323 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13324 if (!DC) { 13325 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13326 << SS.getRange(); 13327 return nullptr; 13328 } 13329 } 13330 13331 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13332 return nullptr; 13333 13334 SearchDC = DC; 13335 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13336 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13337 13338 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13339 return nullptr; 13340 13341 if (Previous.empty()) { 13342 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13343 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13344 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13345 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13346 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13347 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13348 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13349 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13350 IsDependent = true; 13351 return nullptr; 13352 } 13353 13354 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13355 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13356 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13357 Name = nullptr; 13358 Invalid = true; 13359 goto CreateNewDecl; 13360 } 13361 } else if (Name) { 13362 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13363 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13364 // name different from T: 13365 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13366 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13367 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13368 return nullptr; 13369 13370 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13371 // declaration or definition. 13372 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13373 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13374 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13375 LookupName(Previous, S); 13376 13377 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13378 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13379 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13380 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13381 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13382 while (F.hasNext()) { 13383 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13384 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13385 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13386 F.erase(); 13387 } 13388 F.done(); 13389 } 13390 13391 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13392 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13393 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13394 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13395 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13396 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13397 // 13398 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13399 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13400 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13401 // 13402 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13403 // semantic context? 13404 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13405 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13406 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13407 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13408 while (F.hasNext()) { 13409 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13410 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13411 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13412 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13413 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13414 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13415 else 13416 F.erase(); 13417 } 13418 } 13419 F.done(); 13420 13421 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13422 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13423 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13424 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13425 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13426 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13427 } 13428 } 13429 13430 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13431 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13432 return nullptr; 13433 13434 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13435 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13436 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13437 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13438 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13439 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13440 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13441 } 13442 } 13443 13444 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13445 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13446 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13447 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13448 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13449 Previous.clear(); 13450 } 13451 13452 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13453 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13454 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13455 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13456 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13457 13458 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13459 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13460 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13461 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13462 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13463 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13464 isStdAlignValT = true; 13465 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13466 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13467 } 13468 } 13469 13470 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13471 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13472 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13473 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13474 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13475 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 13476 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13477 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13478 13479 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 13480 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13481 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13482 // 13483 // class-key identifier 13484 // 13485 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13486 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13487 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13488 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13489 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13490 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13491 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13492 // declaration. 13493 // 13494 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13495 // C structs and unions. 13496 // 13497 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13498 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13499 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13500 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13501 // 13502 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13503 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13504 // 13505 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13506 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13507 // lexical context, 13508 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13509 13510 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13511 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13512 } else { 13513 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13514 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13515 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13516 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13517 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13518 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13519 } 13520 13521 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13522 // diagnose some problems. 13523 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13524 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13525 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13526 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13527 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13528 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13529 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13530 } else { 13531 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13532 LookupName(Previous, S); 13533 } 13534 } 13535 13536 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13537 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13538 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13539 13540 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13541 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13542 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13543 13544 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13545 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13546 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13547 // in C++. 13548 // 13549 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13550 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13551 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13552 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13554 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13555 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13556 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13557 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13558 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13559 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13560 PrevDecl = Tag; 13561 Previous.clear(); 13562 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13563 Previous.resolveKind(); 13564 } 13565 } 13566 } 13567 } 13568 13569 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13570 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13571 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13572 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13573 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13574 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13575 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13576 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13577 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13578 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13579 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13580 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13581 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13582 << 0; 13583 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13584 Previous.clear(); 13585 goto CreateNewDecl; 13586 } 13587 } 13588 13589 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13590 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13591 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13592 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13593 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13594 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13595 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13596 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13597 // struct or something similar. 13598 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13599 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13600 Name)) { 13601 bool SafeToContinue 13602 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13603 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13604 if (SafeToContinue) 13605 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13606 << Name 13607 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13608 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13609 else 13610 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13611 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13612 13613 if (SafeToContinue) 13614 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13615 else { 13616 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13617 Name = nullptr; 13618 Previous.clear(); 13619 Invalid = true; 13620 } 13621 } 13622 13623 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13624 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13625 13626 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13627 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13628 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13629 if (ScopedEnum) 13630 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13631 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13632 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13633 return PrevTagDecl; 13634 } 13635 13636 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13637 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13638 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13639 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13640 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13641 13642 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13643 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13644 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13645 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13646 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13647 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13648 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13649 } 13650 13651 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13652 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13653 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13654 // and then later defined. 13655 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13656 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13657 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13658 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13659 } 13660 13661 if (!Invalid) { 13662 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13663 // we have attributes. 13664 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13665 if (Attr) { 13666 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13667 // declaration to hold them. 13668 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13669 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13670 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13671 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 13672 SS.isEmpty()) { 13673 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13674 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13675 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13676 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13677 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13678 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13679 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13680 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13681 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13682 return PrevTagDecl; 13683 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13684 // that scope. 13685 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13686 } else { 13687 return PrevTagDecl; 13688 } 13689 } 13690 13691 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13692 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13693 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13694 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13695 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13696 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13697 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13698 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13699 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13700 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13701 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13702 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13703 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13704 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13705 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13706 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13707 } 13708 13709 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 13710 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 13711 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 13712 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 13713 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13714 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13715 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13716 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13717 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13718 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13719 // use it in place of this one. 13720 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13721 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 13722 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 13723 // comparison. 13724 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 13725 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 13726 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; 13727 } else { 13728 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13729 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 13730 } 13731 return Def; 13732 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13733 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13734 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13735 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13736 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13737 else 13738 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13739 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 13740 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 13741 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13742 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13743 // references get the previous definition. 13744 Name = nullptr; 13745 Previous.clear(); 13746 Invalid = true; 13747 } 13748 } else { 13749 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13750 // about a nested redefinition. 13751 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13752 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13753 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13754 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13755 diag::note_previous_definition); 13756 Name = nullptr; 13757 Previous.clear(); 13758 Invalid = true; 13759 } 13760 } 13761 13762 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13763 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13764 } 13765 13766 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13767 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13768 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13769 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13770 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13771 AS = AS_none; 13772 } 13773 } 13774 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13775 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13776 13777 } else { 13778 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13779 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13780 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13781 // have distinct types. 13782 Previous.clear(); 13783 } 13784 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13785 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13786 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13787 13788 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13789 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13790 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13791 } else { 13792 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13793 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13794 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13795 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13796 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13797 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13798 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13799 << Kind; 13800 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13801 Invalid = true; 13802 13803 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13804 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13805 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13806 // do nothing 13807 13808 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13809 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13810 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13811 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13812 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13813 Invalid = true; 13814 13815 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13816 // case here. 13817 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13818 unsigned Kind = 0; 13819 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13820 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13821 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13822 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13823 Invalid = true; 13824 13825 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13826 } else { 13827 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13828 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13829 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13830 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 13831 Name = nullptr; 13832 Invalid = true; 13833 } 13834 13835 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13836 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13837 Previous.clear(); 13838 } 13839 } 13840 13841 CreateNewDecl: 13842 13843 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13844 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13845 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13846 13847 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13848 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13849 // keyword. 13850 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13851 13852 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13853 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13854 // PrevDecl. 13855 TagDecl *New; 13856 13857 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13858 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13859 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13860 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13861 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13862 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13863 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13864 13865 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13866 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13867 13868 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13869 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13870 TagDecl *Def; 13871 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit && 13872 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13873 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13874 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13875 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13876 } 13877 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13878 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13879 << New; 13880 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13881 } else { 13882 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13883 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13884 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13885 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13886 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13887 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13888 13889 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13890 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13891 // the declaration context. 13892 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13893 IsForwardReference = true; 13894 } 13895 } 13896 13897 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13898 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13899 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13900 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13901 else 13902 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13903 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13904 } 13905 } else { 13906 // struct/union/class 13907 13908 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13909 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13910 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13911 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13912 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13913 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13914 13915 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13916 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13917 } else 13918 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13919 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13920 } 13921 13922 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13923 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 13925 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13926 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13927 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13928 Invalid = true; 13929 } 13930 13931 if (!Invalid && TUK == TUK_Definition && DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 13932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 13933 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13934 Invalid = true; 13935 } 13936 13937 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13938 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13939 if (SS.isSet()) { 13940 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13941 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13942 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13943 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13944 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13945 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13946 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13947 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13948 Invalid = true; 13949 13950 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13951 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13952 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13953 } 13954 } 13955 else 13956 Invalid = true; 13957 } 13958 13959 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13960 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13961 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13962 // 13963 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13964 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13965 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13966 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13967 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13968 // parsing of the struct). 13969 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13970 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13971 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13972 } 13973 } 13974 13975 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13976 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13978 << 2 13979 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13980 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13981 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13982 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13983 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13984 New->setModulePrivate(); 13985 } 13986 13987 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13988 // check the specialization. 13989 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13990 Invalid = true; 13991 13992 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13993 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13994 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13995 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13996 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13998 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13999 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 14000 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 14001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 14002 << Name; 14003 Invalid = true; 14004 } 14005 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 14006 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14007 } 14008 } 14009 14010 if (Invalid) 14011 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14012 14013 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 14014 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 14015 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14016 14017 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 14018 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 14019 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 14020 // the tag name visible. 14021 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 14022 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 14023 14024 // Set the access specifier. 14025 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14026 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14027 14028 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 14029 New->startDefinition(); 14030 14031 if (Attr) 14032 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14033 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14034 14035 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14036 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14037 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14038 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14039 if (PrevDecl) 14040 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14041 14042 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14043 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14044 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14045 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14046 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14047 } else if (Name) { 14048 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14049 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 14050 if (IsForwardReference) 14051 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14052 } else { 14053 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14054 } 14055 14056 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14057 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14058 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14059 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14060 II->isStr("FILE")) 14061 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14062 14063 if (PrevDecl) 14064 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14065 14066 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14067 // record. 14068 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14069 14070 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14071 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14072 14073 OwnedDecl = true; 14074 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14075 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14076 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14077 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14078 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14079 RD->completeDefinition(); 14080 return nullptr; 14081 } else { 14082 return New; 14083 } 14084 } 14085 14086 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14087 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14088 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14089 14090 // Enter the tag context. 14091 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14092 14093 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14094 14095 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14096 // record. 14097 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14098 } 14099 14100 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14101 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14102 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14103 return false; 14104 14105 // Make the previous decl visible. 14106 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14107 return true; 14108 } 14109 14110 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14111 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14112 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14113 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14114 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14116 CurContext = OCD; 14117 return IDecl; 14118 } 14119 14120 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14121 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14122 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14123 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14124 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14125 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14126 14127 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14128 14129 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14130 return; 14131 14132 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14133 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14134 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14135 14136 // C++ [class]p2: 14137 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14138 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14139 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14140 // as if it were a public member name. 14141 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 14142 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 14143 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 14144 Record->getIdentifier(), 14145 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14146 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14147 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14148 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14149 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14150 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14151 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14152 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14153 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14154 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14155 } 14156 14157 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14158 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14159 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14160 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14161 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14162 14163 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14164 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14165 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14166 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14167 RD->completeDefinition(); 14168 } 14169 14170 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14171 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14172 } 14173 14174 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14175 PopDeclContext(); 14176 14177 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14178 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14179 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14180 14181 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14182 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14183 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14184 } 14185 14186 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14187 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14188 PopDeclContext(); 14189 } 14190 14191 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14192 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14193 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14194 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14195 } 14196 14197 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14198 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14199 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14200 } 14201 14202 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14203 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14204 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14205 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14206 14207 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14208 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14209 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14210 RD->completeDefinition(); 14211 } 14212 14213 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14214 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14215 // the FieldCollector. 14216 14217 PopDeclContext(); 14218 } 14219 14220 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14221 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14222 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14223 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14224 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14225 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14226 if (ZeroWidth) 14227 *ZeroWidth = true; 14228 14229 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14230 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14231 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14232 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14233 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14234 return ExprError(); 14235 if (FieldName) 14236 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14237 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14238 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14239 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14240 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14241 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14242 return ExprError(); 14243 14244 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14245 // it now. 14246 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14247 return BitWidth; 14248 14249 llvm::APSInt Value; 14250 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14251 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14252 return ICE; 14253 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14254 14255 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14256 *ZeroWidth = false; 14257 14258 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14259 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14260 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14261 14262 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 14263 if (FieldName) 14264 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14265 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 14266 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14267 << Value.toString(10); 14268 } 14269 14270 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 14271 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 14272 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 14273 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 14274 14275 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 14276 // ABI. 14277 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 14278 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14279 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 14280 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 14281 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 14282 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 14283 unsigned DiagWidth = 14284 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 14285 if (FieldName) 14286 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14287 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14288 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 14289 14290 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14291 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 14292 << DiagWidth; 14293 } 14294 14295 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 14296 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 14297 // 'bool'. 14298 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 14299 if (FieldName) 14300 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14301 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14302 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14303 else 14304 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14305 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14306 } 14307 } 14308 14309 return BitWidth; 14310 } 14311 14312 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 14313 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 14314 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 14315 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 14316 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 14317 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 14318 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 14319 return Res; 14320 } 14321 14322 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 14323 /// 14324 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 14325 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14326 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 14327 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14328 AccessSpecifier AS) { 14329 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 14330 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 14331 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 14332 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 14333 return nullptr; 14334 } 14335 14336 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14337 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14338 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14339 14340 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14341 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14342 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14343 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 14344 14345 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 14346 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 14347 D.setInvalidType(); 14348 T = Context.IntTy; 14349 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 14350 } 14351 } 14352 14353 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14354 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 14355 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14356 D.setInvalidType(); 14357 } 14358 14359 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14360 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14361 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14362 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14363 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14364 D.setInvalidType(); 14365 } 14366 14367 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14368 14369 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14370 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14371 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14372 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14374 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14375 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14376 14377 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14378 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14379 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14380 LookupName(Previous, S); 14381 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14382 case LookupResult::Found: 14383 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14384 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14385 break; 14386 14387 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14388 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14389 break; 14390 14391 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14392 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14393 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14394 break; 14395 } 14396 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14397 14398 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14399 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14400 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14401 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14402 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14403 } 14404 14405 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14406 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14407 14408 bool Mutable 14409 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14410 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14411 FieldDecl *NewFD 14412 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14413 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14414 14415 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14416 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14417 14418 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14419 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14420 14421 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14422 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14423 // with the same name in the same scope. 14424 } else if (II) { 14425 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14426 } else 14427 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14428 14429 return NewFD; 14430 } 14431 14432 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14433 /// 14434 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14435 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14436 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14437 /// created. 14438 /// 14439 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14440 /// 14441 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14442 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14443 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14444 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14445 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14446 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14447 SourceLocation TSSL, 14448 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14449 Declarator *D) { 14450 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14451 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14452 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14453 14454 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14455 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14456 if (T.isNull()) { 14457 InvalidDecl = true; 14458 T = Context.IntTy; 14459 } 14460 14461 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14462 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14463 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14464 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14465 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14466 InvalidDecl = true; 14467 } else { 14468 NamedDecl *Def; 14469 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14470 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14471 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14472 InvalidDecl = true; 14473 } 14474 } 14475 } 14476 14477 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14478 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14480 InvalidDecl = true; 14481 } 14482 14483 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14484 // than a variably modified type. 14485 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14486 bool SizeIsNegative; 14487 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14488 14489 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14490 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14491 SizeIsNegative, 14492 Oversized); 14493 if (FixedTInfo) { 14494 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14495 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14496 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14497 } else { 14498 if (SizeIsNegative) 14499 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14500 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14501 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14502 << Oversized.toString(10); 14503 else 14504 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14505 InvalidDecl = true; 14506 } 14507 } 14508 14509 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14510 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14511 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14512 AbstractFieldType)) 14513 InvalidDecl = true; 14514 14515 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14516 if (InvalidDecl) 14517 BitWidth = nullptr; 14518 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14519 if (BitWidth) { 14520 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14521 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14522 if (!BitWidth) { 14523 InvalidDecl = true; 14524 BitWidth = nullptr; 14525 ZeroWidth = false; 14526 } 14527 } 14528 14529 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14530 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14531 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14532 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14533 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14534 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14535 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14536 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14537 14538 if (DiagID) { 14539 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14540 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14541 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14542 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14543 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14544 Mutable = false; 14545 InvalidDecl = true; 14546 } 14547 } 14548 } 14549 14550 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14551 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14552 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14553 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14554 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14555 14556 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14557 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14558 if (InvalidDecl) 14559 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14560 14561 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14563 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14564 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14565 } 14566 14567 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14568 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14569 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14570 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14571 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14572 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14573 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14574 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14575 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14576 // objects. 14577 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14578 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14579 } 14580 } 14581 14582 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14583 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14584 // enabled. 14585 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14586 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14587 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14588 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14589 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14590 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14591 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14592 } 14593 } 14594 } 14595 14596 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14597 // representation, not a parser representation. 14598 if (D) { 14599 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14600 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14601 14602 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14603 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14604 } 14605 14606 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14607 // retainable type. 14608 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14609 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14610 14611 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14612 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14613 14614 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14615 return NewFD; 14616 } 14617 14618 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14619 assert(FD); 14620 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14621 14622 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14623 return false; 14624 14625 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14626 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14627 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14628 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14629 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14630 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14631 // copy constructors. 14632 14633 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14634 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14635 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14636 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14637 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14638 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14639 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14640 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14641 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14642 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14643 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14644 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14645 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14646 member = CXXDestructor; 14647 14648 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14649 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14650 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14651 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14652 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14653 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14654 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14655 // members unavailable. 14656 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14657 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14658 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14659 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14660 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14661 return false; 14662 } 14663 } 14664 14665 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14666 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14667 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14668 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14669 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14670 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14671 } 14672 } 14673 } 14674 14675 return false; 14676 } 14677 14678 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14679 /// AST enum value. 14680 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14681 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14682 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14683 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14684 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14685 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14686 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14687 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14688 } 14689 } 14690 14691 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14692 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14693 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14694 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14695 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14696 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14697 14698 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14699 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14700 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14701 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14702 14703 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14704 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14705 14706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14707 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14708 14709 if (BitWidth) { 14710 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14711 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14712 if (!BitWidth) 14713 D.setInvalidType(); 14714 } else { 14715 // Not a bitfield. 14716 14717 // validate II. 14718 14719 } 14720 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14722 D.setInvalidType(); 14723 } 14724 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14725 // than a variably modified type. 14726 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14727 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14728 D.setInvalidType(); 14729 } 14730 14731 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14732 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14733 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14734 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14735 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14736 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14737 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14738 return nullptr; 14739 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14740 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14741 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14742 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14743 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14744 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14745 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14746 } 14747 else 14748 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14749 } else { 14750 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14751 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14752 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14754 return nullptr; 14755 } 14756 } 14757 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14758 } 14759 14760 // Construct the decl. 14761 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14762 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14763 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14764 14765 if (II) { 14766 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14767 ForRedeclaration); 14768 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14769 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14770 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14771 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14772 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14773 } 14774 } 14775 14776 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14777 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14778 14779 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14780 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14781 14782 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14783 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14784 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14785 14786 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14787 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14788 14789 if (II) { 14790 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14791 // these to the interface. 14792 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14793 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14794 } 14795 14796 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14797 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14798 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14799 14800 return NewID; 14801 } 14802 14803 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14804 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14805 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14806 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14807 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14808 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14809 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14810 return; 14811 14812 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14813 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14814 14815 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14816 return; 14817 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14818 if (!ID) { 14819 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14820 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14821 return; 14822 } 14823 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14824 else 14825 return; 14826 } 14827 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14828 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14829 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14830 14831 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14832 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14833 Context.CharTy, 14834 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14835 DeclLoc), 14836 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14837 true); 14838 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14839 } 14840 14841 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14842 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14843 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14844 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14845 14846 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14847 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14848 // it will now change. 14849 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14850 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14851 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14852 default: break; 14853 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14854 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14855 break; 14856 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14857 Context. 14858 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14859 break; 14860 } 14861 } 14862 14863 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14864 14865 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14866 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14867 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14868 if (Record) { 14869 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14870 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14871 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14872 ++NumNamedMembers; 14873 } 14874 } 14875 14876 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14877 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14878 14879 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14880 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14881 i != end; ++i) { 14882 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14883 14884 // Get the type for the field. 14885 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14886 14887 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14888 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14889 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14890 } 14891 14892 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14893 // diagnostics about it. 14894 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14895 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14896 continue; 14897 } 14898 14899 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14900 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14901 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14902 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14903 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14904 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14905 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14906 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14907 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14908 // array. 14909 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14910 // Field declared as a function. 14911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14912 << FD->getDeclName(); 14913 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14914 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14915 continue; 14916 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14917 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14918 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14919 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14920 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14921 // Flexible array member. 14922 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14923 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14924 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14925 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14926 if (Record->isUnion()) 14927 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14928 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14929 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14930 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14931 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14932 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14933 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14934 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14935 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14936 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14937 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14938 14939 if (DiagID) 14940 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14941 << Record->getTagKind(); 14942 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14943 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14944 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14945 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14946 // of the type. 14947 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14948 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14949 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14950 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14951 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14952 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14953 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14954 14955 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14956 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14957 // 14958 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14959 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14960 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14961 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14962 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14963 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14964 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14965 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14966 continue; 14967 } 14968 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14969 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14970 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14971 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14972 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14973 // Incomplete type 14974 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14975 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14976 continue; 14977 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14978 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14979 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14980 // flexible array member. 14981 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14982 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14983 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14984 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14985 // structures. 14986 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14987 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14988 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14989 else { 14990 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14991 // other structs as an extension. 14992 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14993 << FD->getDeclName(); 14994 } 14995 } 14996 } 14997 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14998 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14999 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15000 AbstractIvarType)) { 15001 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 15002 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15003 } 15004 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15005 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15006 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 15007 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15008 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 15009 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 15010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 15011 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 15012 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 15013 FD->setType(T); 15014 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 15015 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 15016 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 15017 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 15018 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 15019 // so we just make the field unavailable. 15020 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 15021 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 15022 QualType T = FD->getType(); 15023 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 15024 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15025 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15026 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15027 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15028 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15029 } 15030 } else { 15031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15032 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15033 } 15034 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15035 } 15036 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15037 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15038 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15039 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15040 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15041 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15042 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15043 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15044 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15045 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15046 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15047 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15048 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15049 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15050 } 15051 } 15052 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15053 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15054 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15055 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15056 ++NumNamedMembers; 15057 } 15058 15059 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15060 if (Record) { 15061 bool Completed = false; 15062 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15063 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15064 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15065 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15066 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15067 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15068 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15069 } 15070 15071 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15072 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 15073 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 15074 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 15075 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 15076 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 15077 } 15078 15079 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15080 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15081 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15082 15083 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15084 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15085 // problem now. 15086 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15087 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15088 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15089 15090 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15091 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15092 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15093 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15094 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15095 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15096 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15097 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 15098 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15099 continue; 15100 15101 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15102 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15103 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15104 // program is ill-formed. 15105 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15106 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15107 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15108 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15109 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15110 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15111 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15112 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15113 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15114 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15115 15116 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15117 } 15118 } 15119 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15120 Completed = true; 15121 } 15122 } 15123 } 15124 } 15125 15126 if (!Completed) 15127 Record->completeDefinition(); 15128 15129 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15130 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15131 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15132 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15133 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 15134 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15135 } 15136 15137 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15138 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15139 15140 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15141 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15142 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15143 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15144 } 15145 15146 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15147 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15148 // compatibility problems. 15149 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15150 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15151 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15152 } else { 15153 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15154 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15155 CheckForZeroSize = 15156 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15157 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15158 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15159 } 15160 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15161 bool ZeroSize = true; 15162 bool IsEmpty = true; 15163 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15164 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15165 E = Record->field_end(); 15166 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15167 IsEmpty = false; 15168 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15169 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 15170 ZeroSize = false; 15171 } else { 15172 ++NonBitFields; 15173 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15174 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15175 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15176 ZeroSize = false; 15177 } 15178 } 15179 15180 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15181 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15182 // extern "C" block. 15183 if (ZeroSize) { 15184 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15185 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15186 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15187 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15188 } 15189 15190 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15191 // but are accepted by GCC. 15192 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15193 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15194 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15195 << Record->isUnion(); 15196 } 15197 } 15198 } else { 15199 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15200 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15201 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15202 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15203 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15204 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15205 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15206 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15207 } 15208 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15209 // duplicates. 15210 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15211 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15212 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15213 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15214 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15215 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15216 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15217 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15218 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15219 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15220 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15221 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15222 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15223 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15224 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 15225 // reported as errors elsewhere. 15226 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 15227 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 15228 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 15229 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 15230 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 15231 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15232 if (IDecl) { 15233 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 15234 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15235 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15236 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15237 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15238 continue; 15239 } 15240 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 15241 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 15242 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15243 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15244 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15245 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15246 continue; 15247 } 15248 } 15249 } 15250 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 15251 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15252 } 15253 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15254 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15255 } 15256 } 15257 15258 if (Attr) 15259 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 15260 } 15261 15262 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 15263 /// the given type T. 15264 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 15265 llvm::APSInt &Value, 15266 QualType T) { 15267 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15268 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 15269 15270 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 15271 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 15272 --BitWidth; 15273 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 15274 } 15275 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 15276 } 15277 15278 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 15279 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 15280 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 15281 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 15282 // enum checking below. 15283 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15284 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 15285 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15286 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 15287 }; 15288 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15289 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 15290 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 15291 }; 15292 15293 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 15294 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 15295 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 15296 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 15297 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 15298 return Types[I]; 15299 15300 return QualType(); 15301 } 15302 15303 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 15304 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 15305 SourceLocation IdLoc, 15306 IdentifierInfo *Id, 15307 Expr *Val) { 15308 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15309 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 15310 QualType EltTy; 15311 15312 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 15313 Val = nullptr; 15314 15315 if (Val) 15316 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 15317 15318 if (Val) { 15319 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 15320 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15321 else { 15322 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 15323 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 15324 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15325 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 15326 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 15327 // constant expression of the underlying type. 15328 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15329 ExprResult Converted = 15330 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 15331 CCEK_Enumerator); 15332 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 15333 Val = nullptr; 15334 else 15335 Val = Converted.get(); 15336 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 15337 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 15338 &EnumVal).get())) { 15339 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 15340 } else { 15341 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15342 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15343 15344 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 15345 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 15346 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 15347 // expression checking. 15348 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15349 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15350 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15351 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15352 } else 15353 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15354 } else 15355 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15356 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15357 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15358 .get(); 15359 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15360 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15361 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15362 // is the type of its initializing value: 15363 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15364 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15365 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15366 } else { 15367 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15368 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15369 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15370 // representable as an int. 15371 15372 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15373 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15374 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15375 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15376 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15377 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15378 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15379 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15380 } 15381 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15382 } 15383 } 15384 } 15385 } 15386 15387 if (!Val) { 15388 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15389 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15390 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15391 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15392 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15393 // is the type of its initializing value: 15394 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15395 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15396 // 15397 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15398 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15399 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15400 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15401 } 15402 else { 15403 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15404 } 15405 } else { 15406 // Assign the last value + 1. 15407 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15408 ++EnumVal; 15409 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15410 15411 // Check for overflow on increment. 15412 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15413 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15414 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15415 // is the type of its initializing value: 15416 // 15417 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15418 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15419 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15420 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15421 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15422 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15423 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15424 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15425 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15426 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15427 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15428 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15429 ++EnumVal; 15430 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15431 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15432 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15433 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15434 << EltTy; 15435 else 15436 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15437 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15438 } else { 15439 EltTy = T; 15440 } 15441 15442 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15443 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15444 // value, then increment. 15445 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15446 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15447 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15448 ++EnumVal; 15449 15450 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15451 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15452 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15453 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15454 // integral type. 15455 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15456 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15457 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15458 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15459 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15460 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15461 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15462 } 15463 } 15464 } 15465 15466 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15467 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15468 // enumerator's type. 15469 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15470 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15471 } 15472 15473 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15474 Val, EnumVal); 15475 } 15476 15477 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15478 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15479 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15480 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15481 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15482 15483 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15484 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15485 // skip the body. 15486 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15487 ForRedeclaration); 15488 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15489 if (!PrevECD) 15490 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15491 15492 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15493 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15494 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15495 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15496 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15497 return Skip; 15498 } 15499 15500 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15501 } 15502 15503 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15504 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15505 AttributeList *Attr, 15506 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15507 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15508 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15509 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15510 15511 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15512 // we find one that is. 15513 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15514 15515 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15516 // scope. 15517 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15518 ForRedeclaration); 15519 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15520 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15521 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15522 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15523 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15524 } 15525 15526 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15527 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15528 // different from T: 15529 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15530 // enumerated type 15531 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15532 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15533 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15534 15535 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15536 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15537 if (!New) 15538 return nullptr; 15539 15540 if (PrevDecl) { 15541 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15542 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15543 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15544 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15545 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15546 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15547 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15548 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15549 else 15550 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15551 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 15552 return nullptr; 15553 } 15554 } 15555 15556 // Process attributes. 15557 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15558 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15559 15560 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15561 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15562 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15563 15564 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15565 15566 return New; 15567 } 15568 15569 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15570 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15571 // Element2 = Element1 15572 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15573 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15574 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15575 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15576 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15577 if (!InitExpr) 15578 return true; 15579 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15580 15581 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15582 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15583 return true; 15584 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15585 if (!IL) 15586 return true; 15587 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15588 return true; 15589 15590 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15591 } 15592 15593 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15594 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15595 if (!DRE) 15596 return true; 15597 15598 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15599 if (!EnumConstant) 15600 return true; 15601 15602 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15603 Enum) 15604 return true; 15605 15606 return false; 15607 } 15608 15609 namespace { 15610 struct DupKey { 15611 int64_t val; 15612 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15613 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15614 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15615 }; 15616 15617 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15618 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15619 false); 15620 } 15621 15622 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15623 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15624 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15625 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15626 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15627 } 15628 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15629 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15630 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15631 } 15632 }; 15633 } // end anonymous namespace 15634 15635 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15636 // a previous element has already been set to. 15637 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15638 EnumDecl *Enum, 15639 QualType EnumType) { 15640 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15641 return; 15642 // Avoid anonymous enums 15643 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15644 return; 15645 15646 // Only check for small enums. 15647 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15648 return; 15649 15650 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15651 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15652 15653 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15654 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15655 ValueToVectorMap; 15656 15657 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15658 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15659 15660 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15661 // an initialier. 15662 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15663 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15664 15665 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15666 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15667 if (!ECD) { 15668 return; 15669 } 15670 15671 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15672 continue; 15673 15674 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15675 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15676 15677 // First time encountering this value. 15678 if (Entry.isNull()) 15679 Entry = ECD; 15680 } 15681 15682 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15683 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15684 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15685 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15686 continue; 15687 15688 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15689 15690 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15691 if (Entry.isNull()) 15692 continue; 15693 15694 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15695 // Ensure constants are different. 15696 if (D == ECD) 15697 continue; 15698 15699 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15700 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15701 Vec->push_back(D); 15702 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15703 15704 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15705 Entry = Vec; 15706 15707 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15708 // diagnostics. 15709 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15710 continue; 15711 } 15712 15713 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15714 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15715 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15716 continue; 15717 15718 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15719 } 15720 15721 // Emit diagnostics. 15722 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15723 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15724 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15725 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15726 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15727 15728 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15729 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15730 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15731 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15732 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15733 ++I; 15734 15735 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15736 // the same value. 15737 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15738 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15739 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15740 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15741 delete Vec; 15742 } 15743 } 15744 15745 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15746 bool AllowMask) const { 15747 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15748 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15749 15750 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15751 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15752 15753 if (R.second) { 15754 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15755 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15756 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15757 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15758 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15759 } 15760 } 15761 15762 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15763 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15764 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15765 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15766 // 15767 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15768 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15769 // likely a logic error. 15770 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15771 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15772 } 15773 15774 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15775 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15776 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15777 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15778 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15779 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15780 15781 if (Attr) 15782 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15783 15784 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15785 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15786 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15787 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15788 if (!ECD) continue; 15789 15790 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15791 } 15792 15793 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15794 return; 15795 } 15796 15797 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15798 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15799 // emit a warning. 15800 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15801 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15802 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15803 15804 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15805 // reverse the list. 15806 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15807 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15808 15809 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15810 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15811 15812 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15813 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15814 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15815 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15816 15817 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15818 15819 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15820 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15821 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15822 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15823 else 15824 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15825 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15826 15827 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15828 if (AllElementsInt) 15829 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15830 } 15831 15832 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15833 QualType BestType; 15834 unsigned BestWidth; 15835 15836 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15837 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15838 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15839 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15840 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15841 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15842 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15843 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15844 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15845 QualType BestPromotionType; 15846 15847 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15848 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15849 // enum definitions. 15850 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15851 Packed = true; 15852 15853 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15854 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15855 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15856 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15857 else 15858 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15859 15860 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15861 } 15862 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15863 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15864 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15865 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15866 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15867 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15868 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15869 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15870 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15871 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15872 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15873 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15874 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15875 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15876 } else { 15877 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15878 15879 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15880 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15881 } else { 15882 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15883 15884 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15885 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15886 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15887 } 15888 } 15889 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15890 } else { 15891 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15892 // all of the enumerator values. 15893 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15894 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15895 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15896 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15897 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15898 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15899 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15900 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15901 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15902 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15903 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15904 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15905 BestPromotionType 15906 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15907 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15908 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15909 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15910 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15911 BestPromotionType 15912 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15913 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15914 } else { 15915 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15916 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15917 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15918 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15919 BestPromotionType 15920 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15921 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15922 } 15923 } 15924 15925 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15926 // the type of the enum if needed. 15927 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15928 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15929 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15930 15931 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15932 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15933 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15934 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15935 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15936 15937 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15938 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15939 15940 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15941 // the enum decl type. 15942 QualType NewTy; 15943 unsigned NewWidth; 15944 bool NewSign; 15945 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15946 !Enum->isFixed() && 15947 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15948 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15949 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15950 NewSign = true; 15951 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15952 // Already the right type! 15953 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15954 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15955 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15956 // enumeration. 15957 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15958 continue; 15959 } else { 15960 NewTy = BestType; 15961 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15962 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15963 } 15964 15965 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15966 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15967 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15968 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15969 15970 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15971 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15972 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15973 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15974 CK_IntegralCast, 15975 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15976 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15977 VK_RValue)); 15978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15979 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15980 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15981 // enumeration. 15982 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15983 else 15984 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15985 } 15986 15987 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15988 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15989 15990 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15991 15992 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15993 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15994 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15995 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15996 15997 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15998 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15999 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 16000 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 16001 << ECD << Enum; 16002 } 16003 } 16004 16005 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 16006 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 16007 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 16008 } 16009 16010 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 16011 SourceLocation StartLoc, 16012 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 16013 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 16014 16015 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 16016 AsmString, StartLoc, 16017 EndLoc); 16018 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16019 return New; 16020 } 16021 16022 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 16023 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 16024 bool FromInclude = false) { 16025 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16026 16027 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16028 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16029 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16030 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16031 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 16032 break; 16033 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16034 break; 16035 } 16036 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16037 } 16038 16039 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 16040 DC = DC->getParent(); 16041 16042 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16043 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16044 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16045 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16046 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16047 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 16048 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 16049 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16050 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16051 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16052 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16053 } 16054 } 16055 16056 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16057 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16058 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16059 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16060 assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS && 16061 "should only have module decl in modules TS"); 16062 16063 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16064 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16065 // module map. 16066 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16067 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16068 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16069 break; 16070 16071 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16072 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16073 break; 16074 16075 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16076 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16077 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16078 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16079 break; 16080 16081 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16082 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16083 return nullptr; 16084 } 16085 16086 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16087 // here, in order to support macro import. 16088 16089 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16090 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16091 // module name. 16092 std::string ModuleName; 16093 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16094 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16095 ModuleName += "."; 16096 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16097 } 16098 16099 // FIXME: If we've already seen a module-declaration, report an error. 16100 16101 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16102 // correct. 16103 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16104 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16105 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16106 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16107 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16108 return nullptr; 16109 } 16110 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16111 16112 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16113 Module *Mod; 16114 16115 assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope"); 16116 16117 switch (MDK) { 16118 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 16119 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16120 // module map defining it already. 16121 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16122 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16123 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16124 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16125 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16126 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16127 << FE->getName(); 16128 return nullptr; 16129 } 16130 16131 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16132 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16133 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16134 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16135 break; 16136 } 16137 16138 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16139 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16140 return nullptr; 16141 16142 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16143 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16144 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16145 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16146 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16147 if (!Mod) 16148 return nullptr; 16149 break; 16150 } 16151 16152 // Switch from the global module to the named module. 16153 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16154 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); 16155 16156 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. 16157 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly 16158 // exported. 16159 auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16160 TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); 16161 TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16162 16163 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. 16164 return nullptr; 16165 } 16166 16167 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16168 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16169 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16170 Module *Mod = 16171 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16172 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16173 if (!Mod) 16174 return true; 16175 16176 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16177 16178 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16179 16180 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16181 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16182 // silently ignoring the import. 16183 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16184 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16185 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16186 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16187 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16188 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16189 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16190 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16191 16192 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16193 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16194 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16195 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16196 // We need the length to be consistent. 16197 if (!ModCheck) 16198 break; 16199 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16200 16201 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16202 } 16203 16204 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16205 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 16206 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16207 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16208 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16209 TU->addDecl(Import); 16210 return Import; 16211 } 16212 16213 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16214 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16215 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16216 } 16217 16218 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16219 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16220 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16221 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16222 // 16223 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16224 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16225 TUKind == TU_Module && 16226 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16227 16228 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16229 16230 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16231 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 16232 if (ShouldAddImport) { 16233 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16234 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16235 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 16236 DirectiveLoc); 16237 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16238 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 16239 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16240 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16241 } 16242 16243 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 16244 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16245 } 16246 16247 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16248 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16249 16250 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16251 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16252 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 16253 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16254 16255 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16256 16257 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 16258 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 16259 // lexically within the module. 16260 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16261 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16262 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16263 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 16264 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 16265 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 16266 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16267 } 16268 } 16269 } 16270 16271 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 16272 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 16273 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 16274 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 16275 // is now out of date. 16276 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 16277 } 16278 16279 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 16280 "left the wrong module scope"); 16281 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 16282 16283 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 16284 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 16285 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 16286 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 16287 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 16288 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 16289 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 16290 "end of submodule in main source file"); 16291 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 16292 } else { 16293 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 16294 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 16295 } 16296 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16297 16298 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 16299 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16300 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 16301 // the module within. 16302 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16303 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 16304 if (!getCurrentModule()) 16305 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16306 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 16307 } 16308 } 16309 } 16310 16311 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 16312 Module *Mod) { 16313 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 16314 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 16315 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 16316 return; 16317 16318 // Create the implicit import declaration. 16319 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16320 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16321 Loc, Mod, Loc); 16322 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16323 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16324 16325 // Make the module visible. 16326 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 16327 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 16328 } 16329 16330 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 16331 /// (if present). 16332 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 16333 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16334 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 16335 16336 // C++ Modules TS draft: 16337 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 16338 // the global module. 16339 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || 16340 ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind != Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) 16341 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 16342 16343 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 16344 // export keyword. 16345 // 16346 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 16347 // export-declaration. 16348 if (D->isExported()) 16349 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 16350 16351 CurContext->addDecl(D); 16352 PushDeclContext(S, D); 16353 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); 16354 return D; 16355 } 16356 16357 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 16358 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 16359 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 16360 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 16361 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 16362 16363 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 16364 // anonymous namespace). 16365 16366 PopDeclContext(); 16367 return D; 16368 } 16369 16370 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16371 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16372 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16373 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16374 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16375 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 16376 LookupOrdinaryName); 16377 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 16378 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 16379 16380 // If a declaration that: 16381 // 1) declares a function or a variable 16382 // 2) has external linkage 16383 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 16384 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16385 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 16386 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 16387 else 16388 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 16389 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 16390 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 16391 } else 16392 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 16393 } 16394 16395 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16396 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16397 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 16398 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16399 16400 if (PrevDecl) { 16401 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16402 } else { 16403 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16404 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16405 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16406 } 16407 } 16408 16409 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16410 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16411 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16412 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16413 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16414 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16415 LookupOrdinaryName); 16416 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16417 16418 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16419 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16420 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16421 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16422 } else { 16423 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16424 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16425 } 16426 } 16427 16428 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16429 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16430 } 16431